GAS (doc): Fix misaligned menu entry.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texi
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
82704155 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132 34@ifset AOUT
a8eb42a8 35@set aout
252b5132
RH
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset H8/300
44@set H8
45@end ifset
252b5132
RH
46@ifset SH
47@set H8
48@end ifset
49@ifset HPPA
50@set abnormal-separator
51@end ifset
52@c ------------
53@ifset GENERIC
54@settitle Using @value{AS}
55@end ifset
56@ifclear GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
58@end ifclear
59@setchapternewpage odd
60@c %**end of header
61
62@c @smallbook
63@c @set SMALL
64@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
65@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
66@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
67@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 68@c
252b5132
RH
69@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
70@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
71@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
72@c break.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
75@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
76@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
77@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 78@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
79@ifinfo
80@set SMALL
81@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
82@c might as well show 'em anyways.
83@end ifinfo
84
9160ea82
AM
85@ifnottex
86@dircategory Software development
87@direntry
252b5132 88* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 89* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
90@end direntry
91@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
92
93@finalout
94@syncodeindex ky cp
95
0e9517a9 96@copying
252b5132
RH
97This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
98
0285c67d 99@c man begin COPYRIGHT
82704155 100Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 101
0285c67d 102Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 103under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
104or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
105with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
106Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 107section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
108
109@c man end
0e9517a9 110@end copying
252b5132
RH
111
112@titlepage
113@title Using @value{AS}
114@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
115@ifclear GENERIC
116@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
117@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
118@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
119@sp 1
120@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
121@end ifset
252b5132
RH
122@sp 1
123@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
124@sp 1
125@sp 13
b45619c0 126The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 127Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 128first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
129The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
130distracting the boss while they got some work
131done.
132@sp 3
133@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
134@page
135@tex
136{\parskip=0pt
137\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
138\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
139}
140%"boxit" macro for figures:
141%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
142\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
143 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
144#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
145\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
146@end tex
147
148@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
82704155 149Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 150
cf055d54 151 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 152 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
153 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
154 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
155 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 156 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 157
252b5132 158@end titlepage
4ecceb71 159@contents
252b5132 160
2e64b665 161@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
162@node Top
163@top Using @value{AS}
164
e49e529d
JM
165This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
166@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
167@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
168@end ifset
169version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 170@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 171This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
172code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
173@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
174
175This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
176Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 177section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 178
252b5132
RH
179@menu
180* Overview:: Overview
181* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
182* Syntax:: Syntax
183* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
184* Symbols:: Symbols
185* Expressions:: Expressions
186* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
187@ifset ELF
188* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
189@end ifset
252b5132
RH
190* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
191* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
192* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 193* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 194* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 195@end menu
2e64b665 196@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
197
198@node Overview
199@chapter Overview
200@iftex
a4fb0134 201This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 202@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 203This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
204code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
205@end ifclear
206@end iftex
207
208@cindex invocation summary
209@cindex option summary
210@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 211Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 212see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 213
0285c67d
NC
214@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
215
a4fb0134 216@ignore
0285c67d
NC
217@c man begin SEEALSO
218gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
219@c man end
a4fb0134 220@end ignore
0285c67d 221
252b5132
RH
222@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
223@c to be limited to one line for the header.
224@smallexample
0285c67d 225@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 226@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 227 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 228 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 229 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
230 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
231 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
232 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
233 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 234 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 235 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
236 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
237 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
238 [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
240 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
241 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 242 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 243 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
0df8ad28 244 [@b{--generate-missing-build-notes=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
245 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
246 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 247@c
6387924a 248@c man end
a4fb0134 249@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 250@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 251@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
252@ifset AARCH64
253
254@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
255 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 256 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 257@end ifset
625e1353
RH
258@ifset ALPHA
259
260@emph{Target Alpha options:}
261 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
262 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 263 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
264 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
265 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
266@end ifset
252b5132 267@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
268
269@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
270 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
271 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
272 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 273 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 274 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
275@end ifset
276@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
277
278@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 279@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
280 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
281 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
282 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
283 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 284 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 285 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
286 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
287 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
288 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 289 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 290@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
291@ifset Blackfin
292
293@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
294 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
295 [@b{-mfdpic}]
296 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
297 [@b{-mnopic}]
298@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
299@ifset CRIS
300
301@emph{Target CRIS options:}
302 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
303 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
304 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 305 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
306@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
307@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
308@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
309@ifset CSKY
310
311@emph{Target C-SKY options:}
312 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
313 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-mlittle-endian}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-mbig-endian}]
314 [@b{-fpic}] [@b{-pic}]
315 [@b{-mljump}] [@b{-mno-ljump}]
316 [@b{-force2bsr}] [@b{-mforce2bsr}] [@b{-no-force2bsr}] [@b{-mno-force2bsr}]
317 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-mjsri2bsr}] [@b{-no-jsri2bsr }] [@b{-mno-jsri2bsr}]
318 [@b{-mnolrw }] [@b{-mno-lrw}]
319 [@b{-melrw}] [@b{-mno-elrw}]
320 [@b{-mlaf }] [@b{-mliterals-after-func}]
321 [@b{-mno-laf}] [@b{-mno-literals-after-func}]
322 [@b{-mlabr}] [@b{-mliterals-after-br}]
323 [@b{-mno-labr}] [@b{-mnoliterals-after-br}]
324 [@b{-mistack}] [@b{-mno-istack}]
325 [@b{-mhard-float}] [@b{-mmp}] [@b{-mcp}] [@b{-mcache}]
326 [@b{-msecurity}] [@b{-mtrust}]
327 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-medsp}] [@b{-mvdsp}]
328@end ifset
252b5132 329@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
330
331@emph{Target D10V options:}
332 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
333@end ifset
334@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
335
336@emph{Target D30V options:}
337 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 338@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
339@ifset EPIPHANY
340
341@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
342 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
343@end ifset
252b5132 344@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
345
346@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
347 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
348@end ifset
349@ifset HPPA
350@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
351@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
352@ifset I80386
353
354@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 355 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 356 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132 357@end ifset
587fe2b3 358@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 359
9e32ca89
NC
360@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
361 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
362 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
363 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 364 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 365 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 366 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
367 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
368@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
369@ifset IP2K
370
371@emph{Target IP2K options:}
372 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
373@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
374@ifset M32C
375
376@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 377 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 378@end ifset
587fe2b3 379@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 380
a4fb0134
SC
381@emph{Target M32R options:}
382 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 383 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 384@end ifset
252b5132 385@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
386
387@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
388 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 389@end ifset
60bcf0fa 390@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
391
392@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 393 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
394 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
395 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 396 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
397 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
398 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
399@end ifset
400@ifset MCORE
401
402@emph{Target MCORE options:}
403 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
404 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 405@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
406@ifset METAG
407
408@emph{Target Meta options:}
409 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
410@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
411@ifset MICROBLAZE
412@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
413@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
414@end ifset
252b5132 415@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
416
417@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 418 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 419 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 420 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 421 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
422 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
423 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 424 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 425 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
426 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
427 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 428 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 429 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 430 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 431 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 432 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
25499ac7 433 [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}]
df58fc94 434 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 435 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 436 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 437 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 438 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 439 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 440 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 441 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 442 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 443 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 444 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
730c3174 445 [@b{-mcrc}] [@b{-mno-crc}]
6f20c942 446 [@b{-mginv}] [@b{-mno-ginv}]
8095d2f7 447 [@b{-mloongson-mmi}] [@b{-mno-loongson-mmi}]
716c08de 448 [@b{-mloongson-cam}] [@b{-mno-loongson-cam}]
bdc6c06e 449 [@b{-mloongson-ext}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext}]
a693765e 450 [@b{-mloongson-ext2}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext2}]
833794fc 451 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 452 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 453 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
454 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
455 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
27c634e0 456 [@b{-mfix-r5900}] [@b{-mno-fix-r5900}]
ecb4347a 457 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 458 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
459@end ifset
460@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
461
462@emph{Target MMIX options:}
463 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
464 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
465 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 466 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 467@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
468@ifset NIOSII
469
470@emph{Target Nios II options:}
471 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
472 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
473@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
474@ifset NDS32
475
476@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
477 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
478 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
479 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
480 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
481 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
482 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
483 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
484 [@b{-mb2bb}]
485@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
486@ifset OPENRISC
487@c OpenRISC has no machine-dependent assembler options.
488@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
489@ifset PDP11
490
491@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
492 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
493 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 494 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
495@end ifset
496@ifset PJ
497
498@emph{Target picoJava options:}
499 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
500@end ifset
501@ifset PPC
502
503@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
504 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
505 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
fa758a70
AC
506 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mgekko}|
507 @b{-mbroadway}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|
508 @b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|
509 @b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|@b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
74081948 510 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mspe2}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 511 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 512 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
513 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
514 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 515 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 516 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 517@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
518@ifset PRU
519
520@emph{Target PRU options:}
521 [@b{-link-relax}]
522 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
523 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
524@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
525@ifset RISCV
526
527@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
528 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
529 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
530 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
531@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
532@ifset RL78
533
534@emph{Target RL78 options:}
535 [@b{-mg10}]
536 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
537@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
538@ifset RX
539
540@emph{Target RX options:}
541 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 542 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
543 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
544 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
545 [@b{-mpid}]
546 [@b{-mrelax}]
547 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
548 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 549@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
550@ifset S390
551
552@emph{Target s390 options:}
553 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
554 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
555 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
556@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
557@ifset SCORE
558
559@emph{Target SCORE options:}
560 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
561 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
562 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
563 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
564@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
565@ifset SPARC
566
567@emph{Target SPARC options:}
568@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
569 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
570 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
571 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
572 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
573 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
574 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
575 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
576 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
577 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
578 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
579 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
580 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
581 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 582 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 583 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
584@end ifset
585@ifset TIC54X
586
587@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 588 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
589 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
590@end ifset
40b36596
JM
591@ifset TIC6X
592
593@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
594 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
595 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
596 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 597@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
598@ifset TILEGX
599
600@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 601 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
602@end ifset
603@ifset TILEPRO
604@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
605@end ifset
b6605ddd 606@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 607
b6605ddd
EB
608@emph{Target Visium options:}
609 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
610@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
611@ifset XTENSA
612
613@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
614 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
615 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
616 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
617 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
618 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 619 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 620@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
621@ifset Z80
622
623@emph{Target Z80 options:}
624 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
625 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
626 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
627 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
628 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
629 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
630 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
631@end ifset
a4fb0134 632@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 633
a4fb0134 634@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 635@end ifset
e0001a05 636
0285c67d 637@c man end
252b5132
RH
638@end smallexample
639
0285c67d
NC
640@c man begin OPTIONS
641
a4fb0134 642@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 643@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 644
83f10cb2 645@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
646Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
647
a4fb0134 648@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
649@item -ac
650omit false conditionals
651
652@item -ad
653omit debugging directives
654
83f10cb2
NC
655@item -ag
656include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
657
252b5132
RH
658@item -ah
659include high-level source
660
661@item -al
662include assembly
663
664@item -am
665include macro expansions
666
667@item -an
668omit forms processing
669
670@item -as
671include symbols
672
673@item =file
674set the name of the listing file
675@end table
676
677You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
678listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
679the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
680
caa32fe5 681@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
682Begin in alternate macro mode.
683@ifclear man
684@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
685@end ifclear
caa32fe5 686
955974c6 687@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
688Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
689ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
690linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
691given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 692
151411f8
L
693@ifset ELF
694@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
695@item --compress-debug-sections=none
696@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
697@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
698@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
699These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
700@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
701@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
702@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 703@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 704@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
705@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
706sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
707@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
708@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
709
151411f8
L
710@end ifset
711
955974c6 712@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
713Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
714targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
715override this.
955974c6 716
252b5132
RH
717@item -D
718Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
719other assemblers.
720
3d6b762c
JM
721@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
722When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
723information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
724
252b5132
RH
725@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
726Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
727@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
728indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
729value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
730use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
731
732@item -f
733``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
734compiler output).
735
329e276d
NC
736@item -g
737@itemx --gen-debug
738Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
739debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
740ECOFF or DWARF2.
741
252b5132
RH
742@item --gstabs
743Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
744may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
745
05da4302
NC
746@item --gstabs+
747Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
748extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
749debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
750may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
751the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
752
329e276d 753@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 754Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 755may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 756option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 757
b40bf0a2
NC
758@item --gdwarf-sections
759Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
760.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
761corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
762will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
763@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
764then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
765suffix.
766
b8871f35 767@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
768@item --size-check=error
769@itemx --size-check=warning
770Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
771
b8871f35
L
772@item --elf-stt-common=no
773@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
774These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
775symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
776by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
0df8ad28
NC
777
778@item --generate-missing-build-notes=yes
779@itemx --generate-missing-build-notes=no
780These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate GNU Build
781attribute notes if none are present in the input sources.
782The default can be controlled by the @option{--enable-generate-build-notes}
783configure option.
784
b8871f35
L
785@end ifset
786
252b5132 787@item --help
a05a5b64 788Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.
252b5132 789
ea20a7da
CC
790@item --target-help
791Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
792
252b5132
RH
793@item -I @var{dir}
794Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
795
796@item -J
797Don't warn about signed overflow.
798
799@item -K
800@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
801This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
802@end ifclear
803@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
804Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
805@end ifset
806
807@item -L
808@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
809Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
810system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
811or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
812@ifclear man
813@xref{Symbol Names}.
814@end ifclear
252b5132 815
c3a27914
NC
816@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
817Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
818listing to @var{number}.
819
820@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
821Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
822lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
823
824@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
825Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
826@var{number} bytes.
827
828@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
829Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
830to @var{number} + 1.
831
2edb36e7
NC
832@item --no-pad-sections
833Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
834of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
835which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
836
252b5132 837@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 838Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
839
840@item -R
841Fold the data section into the text section.
842
d60646b9 843@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
844Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
845@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
846assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
847memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
848requirements at the expense of speed.
849
850@item --reduce-memory-overheads
851This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
852assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
853@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
854
451133ce
NP
855@ifset ELF
856@item --sectname-subst
857Honor substitution sequences in section names.
858@ifclear man
859@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
860@end ifclear
861@end ifset
862
252b5132
RH
863@item --statistics
864Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
865assembly.
866
867@item --strip-local-absolute
868Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
869
870@item -v
871@itemx -version
a4fb0134 872Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
873
874@item --version
a4fb0134 875Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
876
877@item -W
2bdd6cf5 878@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
879Suppress warning messages.
880
2bdd6cf5
GK
881@item --fatal-warnings
882Treat warnings as errors.
883
884@item --warn
885Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
886
252b5132
RH
887@item -w
888Ignored.
889
890@item -x
891Ignored.
892
893@item -Z
894Generate an object file even after errors.
895
896@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
897Standard input, or source files to assemble.
898
899@end table
2a633939
JM
900@c man end
901
a06ea964
NC
902@ifset AARCH64
903
904@ifclear man
905@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
906for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
907@end ifclear
908
909@ifset man
910@c man begin OPTIONS
911The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
91264-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
913@c man end
914@c man begin INCLUDE
915@include c-aarch64.texi
916@c ended inside the included file
917@end ifset
918
919@end ifset
920
2a633939
JM
921@ifset ALPHA
922
923@ifclear man
924@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
925for an Alpha processor.
926@end ifclear
927
928@ifset man
929@c man begin OPTIONS
930The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
931processor.
932@c man end
933@c man begin INCLUDE
934@include c-alpha.texi
935@c ended inside the included file
936@end ifset
937
938@end ifset
252b5132 939
2a633939 940@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 941@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
942The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
943processor.
252b5132 944
a4fb0134 945@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 946@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
947This option selects the core processor variant.
948@item -EB | -EL
949Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
950@item -mcode-density
951Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
952@end table
953@end ifset
954
955@ifset ARM
956The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
957processor family.
958
a4fb0134 959@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 960@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 961Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 962@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 963Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 964@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 965Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
966@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
967Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
968@item -mthumb
969Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 970@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
971Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
972@item -EB | -EL
973Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
974@item -mthumb-interwork
975Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
976ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
977@item -mccs
978Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
979@item -k
980Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
981@end table
982@end ifset
635fb38d 983@c man end
252b5132 984
9982501a 985@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
986
987@ifclear man
988@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
989configured for the Blackfin processor family.
990@end ifclear
991
992@ifset man
993@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
994The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
995the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
996@c man end
997@c man begin INCLUDE
998@include c-bfin.texi
999@c ended inside the included file
1000@end ifset
9982501a 1001
9982501a
JZ
1002@end ifset
1003
635fb38d 1004@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
1005@ifset CRIS
1006See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
1007@end ifset
1008
b8891f8d
AJ
1009@ifset CSKY
1010
1011@ifclear man
1012@xref{C-SKY Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1013configured for the C-SKY processor family.
1014@end ifclear
1015
1016@ifset man
1017@c man begin OPTIONS
1018The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1019the C-SKY processor family.
1020@c man end
1021@c man begin INCLUDE
1022@include c-csky.texi
1023@c ended inside the included file
1024@end ifset
1025
1026@end ifset
1027
252b5132
RH
1028@ifset D10V
1029The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1030a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 1031@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1032@cindex D10V optimization
1033@cindex optimization, D10V
1034@item -O
1035Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1036@end table
1037@end ifset
1038
1039@ifset D30V
1040The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
1041processor.
a4fb0134 1042@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1043@cindex D30V optimization
1044@cindex optimization, D30V
1045@item -O
1046Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1047
1048@cindex D30V nops
1049@item -n
1050Warn when nops are generated.
1051
1052@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1053@item -N
1054Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1055@end table
1056@end ifset
731caf76
L
1057@c man end
1058
cfb8c092
NC
1059@ifset EPIPHANY
1060The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1061Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1062
56b13185
JR
1063@ifclear man
1064@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1065configured for an Epiphany processor.
1066@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1067
56b13185
JR
1068@ifset man
1069@c man begin OPTIONS
1070The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1071an Epiphany processor.
1072@c man end
1073@c man begin INCLUDE
1074@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1075@c ended inside the included file
1076@end ifset
1077
1078@end ifset
1079
1080@ifset H8300
1081
1082@ifclear man
1083@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1084for an H8/300 processor.
1085@end ifclear
1086
1087@ifset man
1088@c man begin OPTIONS
1089The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1090processor.
1091@c man end
1092@c man begin INCLUDE
1093@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1094@c ended inside the included file
1095@end ifset
cfb8c092 1096
cfb8c092
NC
1097@end ifset
1098
731caf76 1099@ifset I80386
252b5132 1100
731caf76
L
1101@ifclear man
1102@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1103configured for an i386 processor.
1104@end ifclear
1105
1106@ifset man
1107@c man begin OPTIONS
1108The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1109an i386 processor.
1110@c man end
1111@c man begin INCLUDE
1112@include c-i386.texi
1113@c ended inside the included file
1114@end ifset
1115
1116@end ifset
1117
1118@c man begin OPTIONS
a40cbfa3
NC
1119@ifset IP2K
1120The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1121Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1122
1123@table @gcctabopt
1124
1125@item -mip2022ext
1126Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1127
1128@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1129Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1130just the basic IP2022 ones.
1131
1132@end table
1133@end ifset
1134
49f58d10
JB
1135@ifset M32C
1136The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1137Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1138
1139@table @gcctabopt
1140
1141@item -m32c
1142Assemble M32C instructions.
1143
1144@item -m16c
1145Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1146
c54b5932
DD
1147@item -relax
1148Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1149
1150@item -h-tick-hex
1151Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1152
49f58d10
JB
1153@end table
1154@end ifset
1155
ec694b89
NC
1156@ifset M32R
1157The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1158Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1159
a4fb0134 1160@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1161
1162@item --m32rx
1163Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1164is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1165
1166@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1167Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1168encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1169
1170@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1171Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1172encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1173
1174@end table
1175@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1176
1177@ifset M680X0
1178The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1179Motorola 68000 series.
1180
a4fb0134 1181@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1182
1183@item -l
1184Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1185
0285c67d
NC
1186@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1187@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1188@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1189Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1190is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1191
1192@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1193The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1194The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1195the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1196two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1197coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1198
1199@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1200The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1201unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1202
1203@end table
1204@end ifset
1205
36591ba1
SL
1206@ifset NIOSII
1207
1208@ifclear man
1209@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1210for an Altera Nios II processor.
1211@end ifclear
1212
1213@ifset man
1214@c man begin OPTIONS
1215The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1216Altera Nios II processor.
1217@c man end
1218@c man begin INCLUDE
1219@include c-nios2.texi
1220@c ended inside the included file
1221@end ifset
1222@end ifset
1223
e135f41b
NC
1224@ifset PDP11
1225
1226For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1227see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1228
a4fb0134 1229@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1230@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1231Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1232default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1233
1234@item -mall
1235@itemx -mall-extensions
1236Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1237
1238@item -mno-extensions
1239Disable all instruction set extensions.
1240
1241@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1242Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1243
1244@item -m@var{cpu}
1245Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1246disable all other extensions.
1247
1248@item -m@var{machine}
1249Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1250model, and disable all other extensions.
1251@end table
1252
1253@end ifset
1254
041dd5a9
ILT
1255@ifset PJ
1256The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1257a picoJava processor.
1258
a4fb0134 1259@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1260
1261@cindex PJ endianness
1262@cindex endianness, PJ
1263@cindex big endian output, PJ
1264@item -mb
1265Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1266
1267@cindex little endian output, PJ
1268@item -ml
1269Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1270
1271@end table
1272@end ifset
1273
93f11b16
DD
1274@ifset PRU
1275
1276@ifclear man
1277@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1278for a PRU processor.
1279@end ifclear
1280
1281@ifset man
1282@c man begin OPTIONS
1283The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1284PRU processor.
1285@c man end
1286@c man begin INCLUDE
1287@include c-pru.texi
1288@c ended inside the included file
1289@end ifset
1290@end ifset
1291
60bcf0fa
NC
1292@ifset M68HC11
1293The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1294Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1295
a4fb0134 1296@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1297
6927f982 1298@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1299Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1300defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1301
6927f982
NC
1302@item --xgate-ramoffset
1303Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1304XGATE address space.
1305
2f904664
SC
1306@item -mshort
1307Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1308
1309@item -mlong
01642c12 1310Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1311
1312@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1313Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1314
1315@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1316Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1317
1370e33d 1318@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1319Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1320conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1321sub routine.
1322
1370e33d
NC
1323@item -S | --short-branches
1324Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1325when the offset is out of range.
1326
1327@item --strict-direct-mode
1328Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1329when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1330
1331@item --print-insn-syntax
1332Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1333
1334@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1335Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1336
1337@item --generate-example
6927f982 1338Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1339This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1340
1341@end table
1342@end ifset
1343
252b5132 1344@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1345The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1346for the SPARC architecture:
1347
a4fb0134 1348@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1349@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1350@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1351Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1352
1353@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1354@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1355
1356@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1357UltraSPARC extensions.
1358
1359@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1360For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1361equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1362
1363@item -bump
1364Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1365@end table
1366@end ifset
1367
39bec121
TW
1368@ifset TIC54X
1369The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1370architecture.
39bec121 1371
a4fb0134 1372@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1373@item -mfar-mode
1374Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1375extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1376@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1377Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1378@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1379Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1380behaviour in the shell.
1381@end table
1382@end ifset
1383
252b5132 1384@ifset MIPS
73201331 1385@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1386The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1387a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1388
a4fb0134 1389@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1390@item -G @var{num}
1391This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1392implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1393use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1394
1395@cindex MIPS endianness
1396@cindex endianness, MIPS
1397@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1398@item -EB
1399Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1400
1401@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1402@item -EL
1403Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1404
1405@cindex MIPS ISA
1406@item -mips1
1407@itemx -mips2
1408@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1409@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1410@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1411@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1412@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1413@itemx -mips32r3
1414@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1415@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1416@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1417@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1418@itemx -mips64r3
1419@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1420@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1421Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1422@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1423alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1424@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1425@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1426@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1427@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1428MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1429Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1430MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1431
98508b2a
RS
1432@item -march=@var{cpu}
1433Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1434
1435@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1436Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1437
1438@item -mfix7000
1439@itemx -mno-fix7000
1440Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1441of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1442
a8d14a88
CM
1443@item -mfix-rm7000
1444@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1445Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1446followed by a load instruction.
1447
27c634e0
FN
1448@item -mfix-r5900
1449@itemx -mno-fix-r5900
1450Do not attempt to schedule the preceding instruction into the delay slot
1451of a branch instruction placed at the end of a short loop of six
1452instructions or fewer and always schedule a @code{nop} instruction there
1453instead. The short loop bug under certain conditions causes loops to
1454execute only once or twice, due to a hardware bug in the R5900 chip.
1455
ecb4347a
DJ
1456@item -mdebug
1457@itemx -no-mdebug
1458Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1459section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1460
dcd410fe
RO
1461@item -mpdr
1462@itemx -mno-pdr
1463Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1464
437ee9d5
TS
1465@item -mgp32
1466@itemx -mfp32
1467The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1468flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1469all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1470and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1471
351cdf24
MF
1472@item -mgp64
1473@itemx -mfp64
1474The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1475flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1476all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1477and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1478
1479@item -mfpxx
1480The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1481this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1482which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
148332 or 64 bits wide.
1484
1485@item -modd-spreg
1486@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1487Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1488registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1489@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1490
437ee9d5
TS
1491@item -mips16
1492@itemx -no-mips16
1493Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51 1494@code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
437ee9d5 1495turns off this option.
252b5132 1496
25499ac7
MR
1497@item -mmips16e2
1498@itemx -mno-mips16e2
1499Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent
1500to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file.
1501@samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option.
1502
df58fc94
RS
1503@item -mmicromips
1504@itemx -mno-micromips
1505Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51
MR
1506@code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file.
1507@samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting
1508@code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file.
df58fc94 1509
e16bfa71
TS
1510@item -msmartmips
1511@itemx -mno-smartmips
32035f51
MR
1512Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1513equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly
1514file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
e16bfa71 1515
1f25f5d3
CD
1516@item -mips3d
1517@itemx -no-mips3d
1518Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1519This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1520@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1521
deec1734
CD
1522@item -mdmx
1523@itemx -no-mdmx
1524Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1525This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1526@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1527
2ef2b9ae
CF
1528@item -mdsp
1529@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1530Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1531This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1532@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1533
8b082fb1
TS
1534@item -mdspr2
1535@itemx -mno-dspr2
1536Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1537This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1538This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1539@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1540
8f4f9071
MF
1541@item -mdspr3
1542@itemx -mno-dspr3
1543Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1544This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1545This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1546@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1547
56d438b1
CF
1548@item -mmsa
1549@itemx -mno-msa
1550Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1551This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1552@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1553
7d64c587
AB
1554@item -mxpa
1555@itemx -mno-xpa
1556Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1557This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1558@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1559
ef2e4d86
CF
1560@item -mmt
1561@itemx -mno-mt
1562Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1563This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1564@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1565
dec0624d
MR
1566@item -mmcu
1567@itemx -mno-mcu
1568Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1569This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1570@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1571
730c3174
SE
1572@item -mcrc
1573@itemx -mno-crc
1574Generate code for the MIPS cyclic redundancy check (CRC) Application
1575Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept CRC instructions.
1576@samp{-mno-crc} turns off this option.
1577
6f20c942
FS
1578@item -mginv
1579@itemx -mno-ginv
1580Generate code for the Global INValidate (GINV) Application Specific
1581Extension. This tells the assembler to accept GINV instructions.
1582@samp{-mno-ginv} turns off this option.
1583
8095d2f7
CX
1584@item -mloongson-mmi
1585@itemx -mno-loongson-mmi
1586Generate code for the Loongson MultiMedia extensions Instructions (MMI)
1587Application Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept MMI
1588instructions.
1589@samp{-mno-loongson-mmi} turns off this option.
1590
716c08de
CX
1591@item -mloongson-cam
1592@itemx -mno-loongson-cam
1593Generate code for the Loongson Content Address Memory (CAM) instructions.
1594This tells the assembler to accept Loongson CAM instructions.
1595@samp{-mno-loongson-cam} turns off this option.
1596
bdc6c06e
CX
1597@item -mloongson-ext
1598@itemx -mno-loongson-ext
1599Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions (EXT) instructions.
1600This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT instructions.
1601@samp{-mno-loongson-ext} turns off this option.
1602
a693765e
CX
1603@item -mloongson-ext2
1604@itemx -mno-loongson-ext2
1605Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions R2 (EXT2) instructions.
1606This option implies @samp{-mloongson-ext}.
1607This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT2 instructions.
1608@samp{-mno-loongson-ext2} turns off this option.
1609
833794fc
MR
1610@item -minsn32
1611@itemx -mno-insn32
1612Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1613microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1614instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1615the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1616option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1617start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1618selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1619
437ee9d5
TS
1620@item --construct-floats
1621@itemx --no-construct-floats
1622The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1623double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1624value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1625the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1626selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1627
3bf0dbfb
MR
1628@item --relax-branch
1629@itemx --no-relax-branch
1630The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1631branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1632out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1633
8b10b0b3
MR
1634@item -mignore-branch-isa
1635@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1636Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1637semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1638most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1639same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1640checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1641modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1642default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1643branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1644
ba92f887
MR
1645@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1646Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1647(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1648
252b5132
RH
1649@cindex emulation
1650@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1651This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1652on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1653removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1654It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1655
1656The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1657@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1658is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1659big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1660preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1661
1662@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1663@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1664the native tools.
1665
252b5132
RH
1666@item --trap
1667@itemx --no-trap
1668@itemx --break
1669@itemx --no-break
1670Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1671@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1672(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1673@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1674break exception.
63486801
L
1675
1676@item -n
a4fb0134 1677When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1678time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1679@end table
73201331 1680@c man end
252b5132
RH
1681@end ifset
1682
1683@ifset MCORE
1684The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1685an MCore processor.
1686
a4fb0134 1687@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1688@item -jsri2bsr
1689@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1690Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
a05a5b64 1691The command-line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
252b5132
RH
1692
1693@item -sifilter
1694@itemx -nosifilter
1695Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a05a5b64 1696The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command-line option.
252b5132
RH
1697
1698@item -relax
1699Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1700
ec694b89
NC
1701@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1702Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1703can be assembled.
1704
1705@item -EB
1706Assemble for a big endian target.
1707
1708@item -EL
1709Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1710
1711@end table
1712@end ifset
a3c62988 1713@c man end
252b5132 1714
a3c62988
NC
1715@ifset METAG
1716
1717@ifclear man
1718@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1719for a Meta processor.
1720@end ifclear
1721
1722@ifset man
1723@c man begin OPTIONS
1724The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1725Meta processor.
1726@c man end
1727@c man begin INCLUDE
1728@include c-metag.texi
1729@c ended inside the included file
1730@end ifset
1731
1732@end ifset
1733
1734@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1735@ifset MMIX
1736See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1737@end ifset
1738
35c08157
KLC
1739@ifset NDS32
1740
1741@ifclear man
1742@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1743for a NDS32 processor.
1744@end ifclear
1745@c ended inside the included file
1746@end ifset
1747
1748@ifset man
1749@c man begin OPTIONS
1750The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1751NDS32 processor.
1752@c man end
1753@c man begin INCLUDE
1754@include c-nds32.texi
1755@c ended inside the included file
1756@end ifset
1757
635fb38d 1758@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1759@ifset PPC
1760
1761@ifclear man
1762@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1763for a PowerPC processor.
1764@end ifclear
1765
1766@ifset man
1767@c man begin OPTIONS
1768The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1769PowerPC processor.
1770@c man end
1771@c man begin INCLUDE
1772@include c-ppc.texi
1773@c ended inside the included file
1774@end ifset
1775
1776@end ifset
1777
e23eba97
NC
1778@ifset RISCV
1779
1780@ifclear man
b57e49f7 1781@xref{RISC-V-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
e23eba97
NC
1782for a RISC-V processor.
1783@end ifclear
1784
1785@ifset man
1786@c man begin OPTIONS
1787The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
b57e49f7 1788RISC-V processor.
e23eba97
NC
1789@c man end
1790@c man begin INCLUDE
1791@include c-riscv.texi
1792@c ended inside the included file
1793@end ifset
1794
1795@end ifset
1796
635fb38d 1797@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1798@ifset RX
1799See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1800@end ifset
1801
11c19e16
MS
1802@ifset S390
1803The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1804processor family.
1805
1806@table @gcctabopt
1807@item -m31
1808@itemx -m64
1809Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1810@item -mesa
1811@item -mzarch
1812Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1813Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1814@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1815Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1816@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1817@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1818@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
47826cdb 1819@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), or @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}).
11c19e16
MS
1820@item -mregnames
1821@itemx -mno-regnames
1822Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1823@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1824Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1825but evaluates to zero.
1826@end table
1827@end ifset
2a633939 1828@c man end
11c19e16 1829
40b36596 1830@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1831
1832@ifclear man
1833@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1834for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1835@end ifclear
1836
1837@ifset man
1838@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1839The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1840TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1841@c man end
1842@c man begin INCLUDE
1843@include c-tic6x.texi
1844@c ended inside the included file
1845@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1846
1847@end ifset
1848
aa137e4d
NC
1849@ifset TILEGX
1850
1851@ifclear man
1852@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1853for a TILE-Gx processor.
1854@end ifclear
1855
1856@ifset man
1857@c man begin OPTIONS
1858The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1859processor.
1860@c man end
1861@c man begin INCLUDE
1862@include c-tilegx.texi
1863@c ended inside the included file
1864@end ifset
1865
1866@end ifset
1867
b6605ddd
EB
1868@ifset VISIUM
1869
1870@ifclear man
1871@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1872for a Visium processor.
1873@end ifclear
1874
1875@ifset man
1876@c man begin OPTIONS
1877The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1878processor.
1879@c man end
1880@c man begin INCLUDE
1881@include c-visium.texi
1882@c ended inside the included file
1883@end ifset
1884
1885@end ifset
1886
e0001a05 1887@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1888
2d8b84ae
SA
1889@ifclear man
1890@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1891for an Xtensa processor.
1892@end ifclear
1893
1894@ifset man
1895@c man begin OPTIONS
1896The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1897Xtensa processor.
1898@c man end
1899@c man begin INCLUDE
1900@include c-xtensa.texi
1901@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1902@end ifset
1903
2d8b84ae
SA
1904@end ifset
1905
1906@c man begin OPTIONS
1907
3c9b82ba
NC
1908@ifset Z80
1909The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1910a Z80 family processor.
1911@table @gcctabopt
1912@item -z80
1913Assemble for Z80 processor.
1914@item -r800
1915Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1916@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1917@itemx -Wnud
1918Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1919@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1920@itemx -Wnup
1921Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1922@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1923@itemx -Wud
1924Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1925@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1926@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1927Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1928@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1929@itemx -Fud
1930Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1931@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1932@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1933Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1934@end table
1935@end ifset
1936
0285c67d
NC
1937@c man end
1938
252b5132
RH
1939@menu
1940* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1941* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1942* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1943* Command Line:: Command Line
1944* Input Files:: Input Files
1945* Object:: Output (Object) File
1946* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1947@end menu
1948
1949@node Manual
1950@section Structure of this Manual
1951
1952@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1953This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1954@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1955notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1956@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1957
1958@ifclear GENERIC
1959We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1960configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1961@end ifclear
1962@ifset GENERIC
1963This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1964various flavors of the assembler.
1965@end ifset
1966
1967@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1968On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1969to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1970In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1971architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1972mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1973particular architecture.
1974@ifset GENERIC
1975You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1976machine architecture manual for this information.
1977@end ifset
1978@ifclear GENERIC
1979@ifset H8/300
1980For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1981Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1982Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1983@end ifset
252b5132 1984@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1985For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1986see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1987@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1988@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1989@end ifset
1990@ifset Z8000
1991For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1992@end ifset
1993@end ifclear
1994
1995@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1996@ignore
1997Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1998the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1999Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
2000computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
2001once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
2002qualification.
2003
a4fb0134 2004@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
2005human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
2006computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 2007@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
2008@end ignore
2009
2010@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
2011@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
2012@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
2013@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
2014@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
2015@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
2016@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
2017@c directives).
2018
2019@node GNU Assembler
2020@section The GNU Assembler
2021
0285c67d
NC
2022@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2023
a4fb0134 2024@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 2025@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 2026This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
2027configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
2028@end ifclear
2029If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
2030should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
2031architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
2032including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
2033@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
2034
2035@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 2036@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 2037@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 2038@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2039assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
2040machine would assemble.
2041@ifset VAX
2042Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
2043@end ifset
2044@ifset M680X0
2045@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
2046@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 2047This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
2048assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
2049incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
2050@end ifset
2051
0285c67d
NC
2052@c man end
2053
a4fb0134 2054Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
2055program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
2056@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
2057
2058@node Object Formats
2059@section Object File Formats
2060
2061@cindex object file format
2062The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
2063object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
2064write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
2065are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
2066Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
2067@ifclear GENERIC
2068@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 2069For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
2070@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
2071@end ifclear
2072@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 2073@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 2074On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
2075SOM or ELF format object files.
2076@end ifset
2077@end ifclear
2078
2079@node Command Line
2080@section Command Line
2081
2082@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 2083
a4fb0134 2084After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
2085options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
2086before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
2087significant.
2088
2089@cindex standard input, as input file
2090@kindex --
2091@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 2092explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2093
2094@cindex options, command line
a05a5b64 2095Except for @samp{--} any command-line argument that begins with a
252b5132 2096hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2097@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2098option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2099the letter is important. All options are optional.
2100
2101Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2102name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2103with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2104standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2105
2106@smallexample
2107@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2108@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2109@end smallexample
2110
2111@node Input Files
2112@section Input Files
2113
2114@cindex input
2115@cindex source program
2116@cindex files, input
2117We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2118describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2119be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2120doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2121
2122@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2123@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2124The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2125order specified.
2126
0285c67d 2127@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2128Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2129program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2130(The standard input is also a file.)
2131
a4fb0134 2132You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132 2133names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
a05a5b64 2134command-line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
252b5132
RH
2135is taken to be an input file name.
2136
a4fb0134
SC
2137If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2138from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2139may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2140to assemble.
2141
2142Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2143in your command line.
2144
a4fb0134 2145If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2146file.
2147
0285c67d
NC
2148@c man end
2149
252b5132
RH
2150@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2151
2152@cindex input file linenumbers
2153@cindex line numbers, in input files
2154There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2155either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2156number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2157``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2158
2159@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2160to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2161
2162@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2163directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2164error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2165is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2166@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2167@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2168
2169@node Object
2170@section Output (Object) File
2171
2172@cindex object file
2173@cindex output file
2174@kindex a.out
2175@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2176Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132 2177your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
a8eb42a8 2178is the object file. Its default name is @code{a.out}.
a4fb0134 2179You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2180object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2181reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2182directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2183possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2184
2185@cindex linker
2186@kindex ld
2187The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2188assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2189the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2190information for the debugger.
2191
2192@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2193@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2194
2195@node Errors
2196@section Error and Warning Messages
2197
0285c67d
NC
2198@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2199
a349d9dd 2200@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2201@cindex warning messages
2202@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2203@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2204file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2205runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2206that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2207grave problem that stops the assembly.
2208
0285c67d
NC
2209@c man end
2210
252b5132
RH
2211@cindex format of warning messages
2212Warning messages have the format
2213
2214@smallexample
2215file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2216@end smallexample
2217
2218@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2219@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2220(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2221(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2222@ifset GENERIC
2223(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2224@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2225have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2226in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2227intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2228
2229Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2230directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2231
2232@smallexample
2233 .file 2 "bar.c"
2234 error_assembler_source
2235 .file "foo.c"
2236 .line 30
2237 error_c_source
2238@end smallexample
2239
2240produces this output:
2241
2242@smallexample
2243 Assembler messages:
2244 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2245 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2246@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2247
2248@cindex format of error messages
2249Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2250
252b5132
RH
2251@smallexample
2252file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2253@end smallexample
72e0b254 2254
252b5132
RH
2255The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2256messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2257because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2258
2259@node Invoking
2260@chapter Command-Line Options
2261
2262@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2263This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2264versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2265for options specific
252b5132 2266@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2267to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2268@end ifclear
2269@ifset GENERIC
2270to particular machine architectures.
2271@end ifset
2272
0285c67d
NC
2273@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2274
c1253627 2275If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2276you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2277The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2278by commas. For example:
2279
2280@smallexample
2281gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2282@end smallexample
2283
2284@noindent
2285This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2286standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2287local symbols in the symbol table).
2288
2289Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2290command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2291(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2292precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2293assembler.)
2294
0285c67d
NC
2295@c man end
2296
252b5132 2297@menu
83f10cb2 2298* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2299* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2300* D:: -D for compatibility
2301* f:: -f to work faster
2302* I:: -I for .include search path
2303@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2304* K:: -K for compatibility
2305@end ifclear
2306@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2307* K:: -K for difference tables
2308@end ifset
2309
ba83aca1 2310* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2311* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2312* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2313* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2314* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2315* o:: -o to name the object file
2316* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2317* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2318* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2319* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2320* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2321* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2322@end menu
2323
2324@node a
83f10cb2 2325@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2326
2327@kindex -a
2328@kindex -ac
2329@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2330@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2331@kindex -ah
2332@kindex -al
2333@kindex -an
2334@kindex -as
2335@cindex listings, enabling
2336@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2337
2338These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2339@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2340You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2341@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2342@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2343@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2344High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2345@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2346also.
2347
83f10cb2
NC
2348Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2349information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2350
252b5132
RH
2351Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2352which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2353other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2354omitted from the listing.
2355
2356Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2357listing.
2358
2359Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2360listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2361@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2362@code{.sbttl}.
2363The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2364If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2365listing-control directives have no effect.
2366
2367The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2368@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2369
96e9638b
BW
2370Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2371because it
a05a5b64 2372is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2373is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2374directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2375stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2376memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2377
caa32fe5
NC
2378@node alternate
2379@section @option{--alternate}
2380
2381@kindex --alternate
2382Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2383
252b5132 2384@node D
a4fb0134 2385@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2386
2387@kindex -D
2388This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2389likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2390@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2391
2392@node f
a4fb0134 2393@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2394
2395@kindex -f
2396@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2397@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2398@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2399(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2400and comment preprocessing on
2401the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2402,Preprocessing}.
2403
2404@quotation
2405@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2406preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2407not work correctly.
2408@end quotation
2409
2410@node I
c1253627 2411@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2412
2413@kindex -I @var{path}
2414@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2415@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2416@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2417Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2418@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2419directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2420many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2421working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2422searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2423specified (left to right) on the command line.
2424
2425@node K
a4fb0134 2426@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2427
2428@kindex -K
2429@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2430On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2431permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2432where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2433generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2434family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2435alteration on other platforms.
2436@end ifclear
2437
2438@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2439@cindex difference tables, warning
2440@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2441@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2442form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2443You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2444is done.
2445@end ifset
2446
2447@node L
ba83aca1 2448@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2449
2450@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2451@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2452Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2453@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2454called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2455such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2456programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2457notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2458such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2459
2460This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2461in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2462@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2463
c3a27914 2464@node listing
a4fb0134 2465@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914 2466
a05a5b64 2467The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2468@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2469hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2470them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2471directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2472@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2473@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2474@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2475
a4fb0134 2476@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2477@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2478@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2479@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2480Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2481dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2482
2483@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2484@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2485@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2486Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2487a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2488the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2489switch is used the default is to one.
2490
2491@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2492@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2493@cindex Width of source line output
2494Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2495alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2496source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2497
2498@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2499@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2500@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2501Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2502displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2503@end table
2504
252b5132 2505@node M
a4fb0134 2506@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2507
2508@kindex -M
2509@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2510The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2511changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
a8eb42a8
AM
2512compatible with the @code{ASM68K} assembler from Microtec Research.
2513The exact nature of the
252b5132
RH
2514MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2515information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2516arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2517assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2518
2519The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2520depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2521file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2522individually. These are:
2523
2524@itemize @bullet
2525@item global symbols in common section
2526
2527The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2528Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2529common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2530symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2531symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2532
2533@item complex relocations
2534
2535The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2536relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2537are not support by other object file formats.
2538
2539@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2540
2541The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2542This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2543instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2544script.
2545
2546@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2547
2548The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2549name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2550
2551@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2552
2553The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2554address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2555which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2556not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2557assigned within a linker script.
2558@end itemize
2559
2560There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2561@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2562seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2563
2564@itemize @bullet
2565
2566@item EBCDIC strings
2567
2568EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2569
2570@item packed binary coded decimal
2571
2572Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2573and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2574
2575@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2576
2577The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2578
2579@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2580
2581The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2582
2583@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2584
2585The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2586@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2587relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2588these options serve no purpose.
2589
2590@item @code{OPT} list control options
2591
2592The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2593@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2594@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2595
2596@item other @code{OPT} options
2597
2598The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2599@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2600
2601@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2602
2603The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2604@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2605
2606@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2607
2608The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2609
252b5132
RH
2610@end itemize
2611
2612@node MD
c1253627 2613@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2614
2615@kindex --MD
2616@cindex dependency tracking
2617@cindex make rules
2618
a4fb0134 2619@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2620file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2621dependencies of the main source file.
2622
2623The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2624
2625This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2626
2edb36e7
NC
2627@node no-pad-sections
2628@section Output Section Padding
2629@kindex --no-pad-sections
2630@cindex output section padding
2631Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2632alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2633memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2634disable this behaviour.
2635
252b5132 2636@node o
a4fb0134 2637@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2638
2639@kindex -o
2640@cindex naming object file
2641@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2642There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
a8eb42a8 2643default it has the name @file{a.out}.
252b5132
RH
2644You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2645object file a different name.
2646
a4fb0134 2647Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2648existing file of the same name.
2649
2650@node R
a4fb0134 2651@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2652
2653@kindex -R
2654@cindex data and text sections, joining
2655@cindex text and data sections, joining
2656@cindex joining text and data sections
2657@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2658@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2659data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2660the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2661section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2662your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2663appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2664
a4fb0134 2665When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2666address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2667data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2668older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2669
c1253627
NC
2670@ifset COFF-ELF
2671When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2672this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2673@samp{.data}.
2674@end ifset
2675
2676@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2677@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2678@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2679@end ifset
2680
2681@node statistics
a4fb0134 2682@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2683
2684@kindex --statistics
2685@cindex statistics, about assembly
2686@cindex time, total for assembly
2687@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2688Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2689@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2690(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2691seconds).
2692
2693@node traditional-format
c1253627 2694@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2695
2696@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2697For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2698from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2699@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2700
2701For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2702@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2703
2704@node v
a4fb0134 2705@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2706
2707@kindex -v
2708@kindex -version
2709@cindex assembler version
2710@cindex version of assembler
2711You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2712option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2713command line.
2714
2715@node W
a4fb0134 2716@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2717
a4fb0134 2718@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2719assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2720cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2721made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2722
c1253627
NC
2723@kindex -W
2724@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2725@cindex suppressing warnings
2726@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2727If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2728This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2729how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2730are still reported.
2731
c1253627 2732@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2733@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2734@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2735If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2736files that generate warnings to be in error.
2737
c1253627 2738@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2739@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2740You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2741causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2742
2743@node Z
a4fb0134 2744@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2745@cindex object file, after errors
2746@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2747After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2748some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2749@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2750option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2751writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2752errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2753
2754@node Syntax
2755@chapter Syntax
2756
2757@cindex machine-independent syntax
2758@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2759This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2760source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2761assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2762@ifclear VAX
2763assembler.
2764@end ifclear
2765@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2766assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2767@end ifset
2768
2769@menu
7c31ae13 2770* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2771* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2772* Comments:: Comments
2773* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2774* Statements:: Statements
2775* Constants:: Constants
2776@end menu
2777
2778@node Preprocessing
2779@section Preprocessing
2780
2781@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2782The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2783@itemize @bullet
2784@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2785@item
2786adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2787the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2788a single space.
2789
2790@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2791@item
2792removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2793appropriate number of newlines.
2794
2795@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2796@item
2797converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2798@end itemize
2799
2800It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2801anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2802do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2803(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2804to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2805@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2806Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2807
2808Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2809cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2810preprocessed.
2811
2812@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2813@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2814@kindex #NO_APP
2815@kindex #APP
2816If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2817@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2818Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2819specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2820text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2821@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2822@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2823and whitespace.
2824
2825@node Whitespace
2826@section Whitespace
2827
2828@cindex whitespace
2829@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2830Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2831people to read. Unless within character constants
2832(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2833as exactly one space.
2834
2835@node Comments
2836@section Comments
2837
2838@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2839There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2840cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2841
2842Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2843This means you may not nest these comments.
2844
2845@smallexample
2846/*
2847 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2848 is to use this sort of comment.
2849*/
2850
2851/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2852@end smallexample
2853
2854@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2855Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2856considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2857specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2858line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2859line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2860comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
a05a5b64 2861upon command-line options that have been used. For more details see the
7c31ae13
NC
2862@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2863
2864If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2865special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2866to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2867
2868@kindex #
2869@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2870@cindex logical line numbers
2871To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2872special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2873expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2874line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2875new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2876
2877If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2878the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2879
2880@smallexample
2881 # This is an ordinary comment.
2882# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2883 # This is logical line # 36.
2884@end smallexample
2885This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2886of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2887
2888@node Symbol Intro
2889@section Symbols
2890
2891@cindex characters used in symbols
2892@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2893A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2894letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2895@samp{_.$}.
2896@end ifclear
2897@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2898@ifclear GENERIC
2899@ifset H8
2900A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2901letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2902@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2903symbol names.)
2904@end ifset
2905@end ifclear
2906@end ifset
2907@ifset GENERIC
2908On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2909are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2910@end ifset
2911No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2912There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2913are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2914beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2915of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2916
2917Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2918cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2919quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2920backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2921@cindex length of symbols
2922
2923@node Statements
2924@section Statements
2925
2926@cindex statements, structure of
2927@cindex line separator character
2928@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2929
2930A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2931@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2932specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2933target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2934The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2935preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2936exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2937
2938@cindex newline, required at file end
2939@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2940It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2941character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2942
2943An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2944
2945@cindex instructions and directives
2946@cindex directives and instructions
2947@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2948@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2949@c 13feb91.
2950A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2951key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2952symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2953symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2954directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2955a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2956assembles into a machine language instruction.
2957@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2958Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2959recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2960represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2961language.@refill
2962@end ifset
2963
2964@cindex @code{:} (label)
2965@cindex label (@code{:})
2966A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2967Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2968have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2969
2970@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2971For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2972the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2973only one label may be defined on each line.
2974@end ifset
2975
2976@smallexample
2977label: .directive followed by something
2978another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2979 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2980@end smallexample
2981
2982@node Constants
2983@section Constants
2984
2985@cindex constants
2986A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2987inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2988@smallexample
2989@group
2990.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2991.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2992.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2993.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
299495028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2995@end group
2996@end smallexample
2997
2998@menu
2999* Characters:: Character Constants
3000* Numbers:: Number Constants
3001@end menu
3002
3003@node Characters
3004@subsection Character Constants
3005
3006@cindex character constants
3007@cindex constants, character
3008There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
3009for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
3010numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
3011@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
3012used in arithmetic expressions.
3013
3014@menu
3015* Strings:: Strings
3016* Chars:: Characters
3017@end menu
3018
3019@node Strings
3020@subsubsection Strings
3021
3022@cindex string constants
3023@cindex constants, string
3024A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
3025double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
3026into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
3027a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
3028one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
3029@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
3030(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
3031escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
3032
3033@cindex escape codes, character
3034@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
3035@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
3036@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
3037@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
3038@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
3039@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
3040@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
3041@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
3042@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
3043@table @kbd
3044@c @item \a
3045@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
3046@c
361fa3a4 3047@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
3048@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
3049@item \b
3050Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
3051
3052@c @item \e
3053@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
3054@c
361fa3a4 3055@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 3056@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 3057@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
3058Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
3059
361fa3a4 3060@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
3061@cindex newline (@code{\n})
3062@item \n
3063Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
3064
3065@c @item \p
3066@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
3067@c
361fa3a4
NC
3068@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3069@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3070@item \r
3071Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3072
3073@c @item \s
3074@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3075@c other assemblers.
3076@c
361fa3a4 3077@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3078@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3079@item \t
3080Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3081
3082@c @item \v
3083@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3084@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3085@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3086@c
361fa3a4 3087@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3088@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3089@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3090An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3091For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3092for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3093
361fa3a4 3094@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3095@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3096@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3097A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3098lower case @code{x} works.
3099
361fa3a4 3100@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3101@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3102@item \\
3103Represents one @samp{\} character.
3104
3105@c @item \'
3106@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3107@c This is needed in single character literals
3108@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3109@c a @samp{'}.
3110@c
361fa3a4 3111@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3112@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3113@item \"
3114Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3115this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3116
3117@item \ @var{anything-else}
3118Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3119assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3120you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3121interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3122other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3123code and warns you of the fact.
3124@end table
3125
3126Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3127varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3128the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3129compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3130sequence.
3131
3132@node Chars
3133@subsubsection Characters
3134
3135@cindex single character constant
3136@cindex character, single
3137@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3138A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3139that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3140@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3141as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3142character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3143the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3144accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3145@ifclear GENERIC
3146@ifclear abnormal-separator
3147(or semicolon @samp{;})
3148@end ifclear
3149@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3150@ifset H8
3151(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3152Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3153@end ifset
3154@end ifset
3155@end ifclear
3156immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3157and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3158constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3159that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3160@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3161
3162@node Numbers
3163@subsection Number Constants
3164
3165@cindex constants, number
3166@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3167@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3168are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3169would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3170integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3171are floating point numbers, described below.
3172
3173@menu
3174* Integers:: Integers
3175* Bignums:: Bignums
3176* Flonums:: Flonums
3177@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3178@end ifclear
3179@end menu
3180
3181@node Integers
3182@subsubsection Integers
3183@cindex integers
3184@cindex constants, integer
3185
3186@cindex binary integers
3187@cindex integers, binary
3188A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3189the binary digits @samp{01}.
3190
3191@cindex octal integers
3192@cindex integers, octal
3193An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3194digits (@samp{01234567}).
3195
3196@cindex decimal integers
3197@cindex integers, decimal
3198A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3199more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3200
3201@cindex hexadecimal integers
3202@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3203A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3204more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3205
3206Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3207the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3208(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3209
3210@node Bignums
3211@subsubsection Bignums
3212
3213@cindex bignums
3214@cindex constants, bignum
3215A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3216except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3217represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3218integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3219
3220@node Flonums
3221@subsubsection Flonums
3222@cindex flonums
3223@cindex floating point numbers
3224@cindex constants, floating point
3225
3226@cindex precision, floating point
3227A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3228indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3229@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3230sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3231to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3232portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3233
3234A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3235@itemize @bullet
3236@item
3237The digit @samp{0}.
3238@ifset HPPA
3239(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3240@end ifset
3241
3242@item
a4fb0134 3243A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3244@ifset GENERIC
3245@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3246@ignore
3247@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3248(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
32494.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3250@end ignore
3251
a8eb42a8 3252On the H8/300 and Renesas / SuperH SH architectures, the letter must be
252b5132
RH
3253one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3254
3255On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3256(in upper or lower case).
3257
252b5132
RH
3258On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3259@end ifset
3260@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3261@ifset ARC
3262One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3263@end ifset
3264@ifset H8
3265One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3266@end ifset
3267@ifset HPPA
3268The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3269@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3270@end ifclear
3271
3272@item
3273An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3274
3275@item
3276An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3277
3278@item
3279An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3280or more decimal digits.
3281
3282@item
3283An optional exponent, consisting of:
3284
3285@itemize @bullet
3286@item
3287An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3288@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3289@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3290@item
3291Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3292@item
3293One or more decimal digits.
3294@end itemize
3295
3296@end itemize
3297
3298At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3299present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3300
a4fb0134 3301@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3302independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3303@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 3304
252b5132
RH
3305@node Sections
3306@chapter Sections and Relocation
3307@cindex sections
3308@cindex relocation
3309
3310@menu
3311* Secs Background:: Background
3312* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3313* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3314* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3315* bss:: bss Section
3316@end menu
3317
3318@node Secs Background
3319@section Background
3320
3321Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3322``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3323For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3324
3325@cindex linker, and assembler
3326@cindex assembler, and linker
3327The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3328combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3329emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3330@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3331different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3332oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3333sections.
3334
3335@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3336addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3337units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3338within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3339run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3340the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3341the proper run-time addresses.
3342@ifset H8
7be1c489 3343For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3344@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3345ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3346@end ifset
3347
3348@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3349An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3350of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3351@dfn{bss} sections.
3352
c1253627 3353@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3354@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3355When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3356@end ifset
a4fb0134 3357@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3358using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3359If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3360or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3361@end ifset
3362
3363@ifset HPPA
3364@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3365When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3366@end ifset
a4fb0134 3367@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3368specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3369@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3370(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3371assembler directives.
3372
3373@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3374Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3375text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3376is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3377BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3378@end ifset
3379@end ifset
3380
3381Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3382data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3383
3384@ifset HPPA
3385When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3386section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3387@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3388@end ifset
3389
3390To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3391relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3392object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3393@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3394file is mentioned:
3395@itemize @bullet
3396@item
3397Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3398an address?
3399@item
3400How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3401@item
3402Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3403@display
3404(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3405@end display
3406@item
3407Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3408@end itemize
3409
3410@cindex addresses, format of
3411@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3412In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3413@display
3414(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3415@end display
3416@noindent
a4fb0134 3417Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3418nature.
3419@ifset SOM
3420(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3421symbol-relative instead.)
3422@end ifset
3423
3424In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3425@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3426
3427Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3428@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3429addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3430@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3431@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3432data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3433their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3434part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3435address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3436
3437The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3438address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3439rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3440Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3441address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3442common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3443time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3444
3445By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3446the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3447sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3448customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3449the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3450data and bss sections.
3451
3452Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3453use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3454
3455@node Ld Sections
3456@section Linker Sections
3457@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3458
3459@table @strong
3460
c1253627 3461@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3462@cindex named sections
3463@cindex sections, named
3464@item named sections
3465@end ifset
a8eb42a8 3466@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3467@cindex text section
3468@cindex data section
3469@itemx text section
3470@itemx data section
3471@end ifset
a4fb0134 3472These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3473separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627 3474true of another.
a8eb42a8 3475@c @ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3476When the program is running, however, it is
3477customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3478text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3479instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3480program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3481in the data section.
c1253627 3482@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3483
3484@cindex bss section
3485@item bss section
3486This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3487is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3488each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3489out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3490bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3491those explicit zeros from object files.
3492
3493@cindex absolute section
3494@item absolute section
3495Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3496This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3497not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3498addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3499
3500@cindex undefined section
3501@item undefined section
3502This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3503the preceding sections.
3504@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3505@end table
3506
3507@cindex relocation example
3508An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3509@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3510The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3511@end ifset
3512Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3513
3514@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3515@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3516@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3517@smallexample
3518 +-----+----+--+
3519partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3520 +-----+----+--+
3521
3522 text data bss
3523 seg. seg. seg.
3524
3525 +---+---+---+
3526partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3527 +---+---+---+
3528
3529 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3530linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3531 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3532
3533 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3534@end smallexample
3535@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3536@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3537@need 5000
3538@tex
c1253627 3539\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3540\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3541\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3542\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3543
3544\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3545\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3546\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3547
3548\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3549\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3550\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3551ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3552DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3553
3554\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3555\line{0\dots\hfil}
3556
3557@end tex
3558@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3559
3560@node As Sections
3561@section Assembler Internal Sections
3562
3563@cindex internal assembler sections
3564@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3565These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3566have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3567sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3568warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3569meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3570value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3571section-relative address.
3572
3573@table @b
3574@cindex assembler internal logic error
3575@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3576An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3577bug in the assembler.
3578
3579@cindex expr (internal section)
3580@item expr section
3581The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3582symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3583it in the expr section.
3584@c FIXME item debug
3585@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3586@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3587@c FIXME item register
3588@end table
3589
3590@node Sub-Sections
3591@section Sub-Sections
3592
3593@cindex numbered subsections
3594@cindex grouping data
a8eb42a8 3595@ifset aout
252b5132 3596Assembled bytes
c1253627 3597@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3598conventionally
3599@end ifset
3600fall into two sections: text and data.
3601@end ifset
3602You may have separate groups of
3603@ifset GENERIC
3604data in named sections
3605@end ifset
3606@ifclear GENERIC
a8eb42a8 3607@ifclear aout
252b5132
RH
3608data in named sections
3609@end ifclear
a8eb42a8 3610@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3611text or data
3612@end ifset
3613@end ifclear
3614that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3615are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3616use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3617numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3618same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3619subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3620section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3621assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3622section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3623constants being output.
3624
3625Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3626goes in subsection number zero.
3627
3628@ifset GENERIC
3629Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3630(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3631of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3632@end ifset
3633@ifclear GENERIC
3634@ifset H8
7be1c489 3635On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3636boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3637The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132 3638@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3639@end ifclear
3640
3641Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3642to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3643The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3644other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3645They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3646data subsections as a data section.
3647
3648To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3649into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3650@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3651@ifset COFF
252b5132 3652@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3653When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3654@end ifset
3655@ifclear GENERIC
3656You
3657@end ifclear
3658can also use an extra subsection
3659argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3660@var{expression}}.
3661@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3662@ifset ELF
3663@ifset GENERIC
3664When generating ELF output, you
3665@end ifset
3666@ifclear GENERIC
3667You
3668@end ifclear
3669can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3670to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3671@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3672@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3673(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3674is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3675begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3676@smallexample
3677.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3678.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3679.text 1
3680.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3681.data 0
3682.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3683.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3684.text 0
3685.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3686.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3687@end smallexample
3688
3689Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3690assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3691restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3692counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3693@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3694current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3695assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3696
3697@node bss
3698@section bss Section
3699
3700@cindex bss section
3701@cindex common variable storage
3702The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3703You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3704not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3705your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3706section are zeroed bytes.
3707
3708The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3709@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3710
3711The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3712another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3713
3714@ifset GENERIC
3715When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3716COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3717see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3718section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3719@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3720@end ifset
3721
3722@node Symbols
3723@chapter Symbols
3724
3725@cindex symbols
3726Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3727things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3728to debug.
3729
3730@quotation
3731@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3732@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3733the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3734@end quotation
3735
3736@menu
3737* Labels:: Labels
3738* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3739* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3740* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3741* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3742@end menu
3743
3744@node Labels
3745@section Labels
3746
3747@cindex labels
3748A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3749@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3750active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3751operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3752different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3753definitions.
3754
3755@ifset HPPA
3756On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3757colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3758a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3759provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3760@end ifset
3761
3762@node Setting Symbols
3763@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3764
3765@cindex assigning values to symbols
3766@cindex symbol values, assigning
3767A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3768by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3769(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3770directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3771equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3772@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3773
f8739b83
JZ
3774@ifset Blackfin
3775Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3776@end ifset
3777
252b5132
RH
3778@node Symbol Names
3779@section Symbol Names
3780
3781@cindex symbol names
3782@cindex names, symbol
3783@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3784Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3785machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3786noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3787string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3788particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3789@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3790@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3791@ifset H8
3792Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3793Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3794character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3795on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3796@end ifset
3797@end ifset
3798
3799Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3800than @code{Foo}.
3801
ed1fcdd1
NC
3802Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3803Local Labels. See below.
3804
7bfd842d
NC
3805Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3806multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3807@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3808currently supported.
3809
252b5132
RH
3810Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3811refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3812in a program.
3813
3814@subheading Local Symbol Names
3815
3816@cindex local symbol names
3817@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3818A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3819By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3820@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3821set of local label prefixes.
3822@ifset HPPA
3823On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3824@end ifset
3825
3826Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3827normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3828You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3829to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3830
3831@subheading Local Labels
3832
3833@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3834@cindex temporary symbol names
3835@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3836Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3837programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3838be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3839referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3840the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3841To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3842@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3843to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3844stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3845
3846There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3847too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3848the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3849defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3850definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3851noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3852implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3853
3854Here is an example:
3855
3856@smallexample
38571: branch 1f
38582: branch 1b
38591: branch 2f
38602: branch 1b
3861@end smallexample
3862
3863Which is the equivalent of:
3864
3865@smallexample
3866label_1: branch label_3
3867label_2: branch label_1
3868label_3: branch label_4
3869label_4: branch label_3
3870@end smallexample
3871
ba83aca1 3872Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3873transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3874The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3875are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3876these parts:
252b5132
RH
3877
3878@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3879@item @emph{local label prefix}
3880All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3881Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3882that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3883used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3884@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3885object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3886you may use them in debugging.
3887
2d5aaba0
NC
3888@item @var{number}
3889This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3890label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3891
2d5aaba0
NC
3892@item @kbd{C-B}
3893This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3894of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3895
3896@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3897This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3898@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3899number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3900the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3901@end table
3902
ba83aca1
BW
3903So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3904the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3905
3906@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3907@cindex dollar local symbols
3908
ed1fcdd1
NC
3909On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3910local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3911become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3912valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3913by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3914by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3915
3916Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3917except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3918@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3919
3920They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3921names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3922to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3923@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3924
3925@node Dot
3926@section The Special Dot Symbol
3927
3928@cindex dot (symbol)
3929@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3930@cindex current address
3931@cindex location counter
3932The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3933@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3934.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3935Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3936directive.
252b5132 3937@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3938Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3939@samp{.space 4}.
3940@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3941
3942@node Symbol Attributes
3943@section Symbol Attributes
3944
3945@cindex symbol attributes
3946@cindex attributes, symbol
3947Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3948``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3949attributes.
3950@ifset INTERNALS
3951The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3952@end ifset
3953
a4fb0134 3954If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3955all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3956symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3957would want.
3958
3959@menu
3960* Symbol Value:: Value
3961* Symbol Type:: Type
a8eb42a8 3962@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3963* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3964@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3965@ifset COFF
3966* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3967@end ifset
3968@ifset SOM
3969* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3970@end ifset
3971@end menu
3972
3973@node Symbol Value
3974@subsection Value
3975
3976@cindex value of a symbol
3977@cindex symbol value
3978The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3979location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3980number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3981Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3982as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3983symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3984called absolute.
3985
3986The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
39870 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3988@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3989same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3990name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3991common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3992bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3993allocated storage.
3994
3995@node Symbol Type
3996@subsection Type
3997
3998@cindex type of a symbol
3999@cindex symbol type
4000The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
4001information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
4002(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
4003format depends on the object-code output format in use.
4004
a8eb42a8 4005@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4006@node a.out Symbols
4007@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4008
4009@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4010@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4011
252b5132
RH
4012@menu
4013* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4014* Symbol Other:: Other
4015@end menu
4016
4017@node Symbol Desc
4018@subsubsection Descriptor
4019
4020@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4021This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4022descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4023(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4024@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4025
4026@node Symbol Other
4027@subsubsection Other
4028
4029@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4030This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4031@end ifset
4032
4033@ifset COFF
4034@node COFF Symbols
4035@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4036
4037@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4038@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4039
4040The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4041like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4042@code{.endef} directives.
4043
4044@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4045
4046@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4047The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4048respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4049
4050@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4051
4052@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4053The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4054@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4055table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4056@end ifset
4057
4058@ifset SOM
4059@node SOM Symbols
4060@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4061
4062@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4063@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4064
4065The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4066the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4067
01642c12 4068The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4069Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4070@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4071@end ifset
4072
4073@node Expressions
4074@chapter Expressions
4075
4076@cindex expressions
4077@cindex addresses
4078@cindex numeric values
4079An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4080Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4081
4082The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4083a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4084enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4085section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4086the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4087@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4088
4089@menu
4090* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4091* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4092@end menu
4093
4094@node Empty Exprs
4095@section Empty Expressions
4096
4097@cindex empty expressions
4098@cindex expressions, empty
4099An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4100Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4101expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4102is compatible with other assemblers.
4103
4104@node Integer Exprs
4105@section Integer Expressions
4106
4107@cindex integer expressions
4108@cindex expressions, integer
4109An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4110by @emph{operators}.
4111
4112@menu
4113* Arguments:: Arguments
4114* Operators:: Operators
4115* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4116* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4117@end menu
4118
4119@node Arguments
4120@subsection Arguments
4121
4122@cindex expression arguments
4123@cindex arguments in expressions
4124@cindex operands in expressions
4125@cindex arithmetic operands
4126@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4127contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4128this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4129the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4130expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4131instruction operands.
4132
4133Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4134@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4135or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4136integer.
4137
4138Numbers are usually integers.
4139
4140A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4141that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4142these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4143instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4144assemblers.
4145
4146@cindex subexpressions
4147Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4148expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4149operator followed by an argument.
4150
4151@node Operators
4152@subsection Operators
4153
4154@cindex operators, in expressions
4155@cindex arithmetic functions
4156@cindex functions, in expressions
4157@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4158operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4159between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4160whitespace.
4161
4162@node Prefix Ops
4163@subsection Prefix Operator
4164
4165@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4166@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4167one argument, which must be absolute.
4168
4169@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4170@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4171@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4172@tex
4173\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4174@end tex
4175
4176@table @code
4177@item -
4178@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4179@item ~
4180@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4181@end table
4182
4183@tex
4184\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4185@end tex
4186
4187@node Infix Ops
4188@subsection Infix Operators
4189
4190@cindex infix operators
4191@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4192@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4193have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4194to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4195absolute, and the result is absolute.
4196
4197@enumerate
4198@cindex operator precedence
4199@cindex precedence of operators
4200
4201@item
4202Highest Precedence
4203
4204@table @code
4205@item *
4206@dfn{Multiplication}.
4207
4208@item /
4209@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4210
4211@item %
4212@dfn{Remainder}.
4213
d1eac9d9 4214@item <<
252b5132
RH
4215@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4216
d1eac9d9 4217@item >>
252b5132
RH
4218@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4219@end table
4220
4221@item
4222Intermediate precedence
4223
4224@table @code
4225@item |
4226
4227@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4228
4229@item &
4230@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4231
4232@item ^
4233@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4234
4235@item !
4236@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4237@end table
4238
4239@item
b131d4dc 4240Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4241
4242@table @code
4243@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4244@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4245@cindex arguments for addition
4246@item +
4247@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4248the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4249sections.
4250
4251@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4252@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4253@cindex arguments for subtraction
4254@item -
4255@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4256result has the section of the left argument.
4257If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4258You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4259@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4260
4261@cindex comparison expressions
4262@cindex expressions, comparison
4263@item ==
4264@dfn{Is Equal To}
4265@item <>
723a8472 4266@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4267@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4268@item <
4269@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4270@item >
b131d4dc 4271@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4272@item >=
b131d4dc 4273@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4274@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4275@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4276
4277The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4278value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4279perform signed comparisons.
4280@end table
4281
4282@item Lowest Precedence
4283
4284@table @code
4285@item &&
4286@dfn{Logical And}.
4287
4288@item ||
4289@dfn{Logical Or}.
4290
4291These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4292expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4293value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4294or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4295
252b5132
RH
4296@end table
4297@end enumerate
4298
4299In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4300address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4301
4302@node Pseudo Ops
4303@chapter Assembler Directives
4304
4305@cindex directives, machine independent
4306@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4307@cindex machine independent directives
4308All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4309The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4310in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4311
4312This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4313target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4314@ifset GENERIC
4315Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4316@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4317@end ifset
4318@ifclear GENERIC
4319@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4320@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4321@end ifset
4322@end ifclear
4323
4324@menu
4325* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4326@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4327* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4328@end ifset
f0dc282c 4329
252b5132 4330* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4331* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4332* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4333* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4334* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4335* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4336* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4337* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4338* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132 4339* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
340d33e5
NC
4340* Dc:: @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4341* Dcb:: @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4342* Ds:: @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
4343@ifset COFF
4344* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4345@end ifset
a8eb42a8 4346@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4347* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4348@end ifset
4349@ifset COFF
4350* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4351@end ifset
f0dc282c 4352
252b5132
RH
4353* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4354* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4355* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4356* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4357* End:: @code{.end}
4358@ifset COFF
4359* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4360@end ifset
f0dc282c 4361
252b5132
RH
4362* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4363* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4364* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4365* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4366* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4367* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4368* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4369* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4370* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4371* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4372* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4373* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4374* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4375* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4376* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4377@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4378* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4379* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4380@end ifset
f0dc282c 4381
252b5132
RH
4382* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4383* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4384* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4385* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4386* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4387* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4388@ifset ELF
4389* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4390@end ifset
f0dc282c 4391
252b5132
RH
4392* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4393* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4394* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4395* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4396@ifclear no-line-dir
4397* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4398@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4399
252b5132
RH
4400* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4401* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4402* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4403* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4404* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4405@ifset ELF
4406* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4407@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4408
252b5132
RH
4409* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4410@ignore
4411* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4412@end ignore
f0dc282c 4413
252b5132
RH
4414* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4415* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4416* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132 4417* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
8f065d3b 4418* Nops:: @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
252b5132 4419* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4420* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4421* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4422* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4423@ifset ELF
4424* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4425* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4426@end ifset
f0dc282c 4427
252b5132 4428* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4429@ifset ELF
4430* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4431@end ifset
f0dc282c 4432
252b5132
RH
4433* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4434* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4435@ifset ELF
4436* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4437@end ifset
f0dc282c 4438
252b5132 4439* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4440* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4441* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4442* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4443@ifset COFF
4444* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4445@end ifset
4446@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4447* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4448@end ifset
f0dc282c 4449
252b5132
RH
4450* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4451* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4452* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4453@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4454* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4455@end ifset
884f0d36 4456@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4457* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36
BW
4458@end ifclear
4459
252b5132 4460* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4461@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4462* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36 4463@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4464@ifset have-stabs
4465* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4466@end ifset
f0dc282c 4467
38a57ae7 4468* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4469* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4470@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4471* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4472* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4473@end ifset
f0dc282c 4474
252b5132
RH
4475@ifset COFF
4476* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4477@end ifset
f0dc282c 4478
252b5132
RH
4479* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4480* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4481@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4482* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4483@end ifset
4484
c91d2e08 4485* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4486@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4487* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4488@end ifset
f0dc282c 4489
2e13b764 4490@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4491* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4492* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4493* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4494@end ifset
f0dc282c 4495
d190d046 4496* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4497* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4498* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4499* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4500@ifclear no-space-dir
4501* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4502@end ifclear
2b841ec2
AM
4503@ifset ELF
4504* 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}}
4505* 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}}
4506* 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}}
4507@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4508* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4509@end menu
4510
4511@node Abort
4512@section @code{.abort}
4513
4514@cindex @code{abort} directive
4515@cindex stopping the assembly
4516This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4517compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4518assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4519of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4520quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4521
4522@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4523@node ABORT (COFF)
4524@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4525
4526@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4527When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4528synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4529
252b5132
RH
4530@end ifset
4531
4532@node Align
4533@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4534
4535@cindex padding the location counter
4536@cindex @code{align} directive
4537Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4538boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4539required, as described below.
4540
4541The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4542padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4543padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4544marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4545with no-op instructions.
4546
4547The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4548it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4549directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4550specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4551fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4552required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4553with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4554
4555The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
a8eb42a8 4556For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4557s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4558alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4559the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4560is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4561first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4562
9e9a9798 4563For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4564strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4565number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4566advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4567counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4568multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4569
4570This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4571native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4572GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4573described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4574architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4575
ccf8a69b
BW
4576@node Altmacro
4577@section @code{.altmacro}
4578Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4579
4580@ftable @code
4581@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4582One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4583generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4584replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4585replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4586separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4587define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4588
4589@item String delimiters
4590You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4591@code{"@var{string}"}:
4592
4593@table @code
4594@item '@var{string}'
4595You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4596
4597@item <@var{string}>
4598You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4599@end table
4600
4601@item single-character string escape
4602To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4603character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4604character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4605write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4606
4607@item Expression results as strings
4608You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4609and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4610@end ftable
4611
252b5132
RH
4612@node Ascii
4613@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4614
4615@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4616@cindex string literals
4617@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4618separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4619trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4620
4621@node Asciz
4622@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4623
4624@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4625@cindex zero-terminated strings
4626@cindex null-terminated strings
4627@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4628a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4629
4630@node Balign
4631@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4632
4633@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4634@cindex @code{balign} directive
4635Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4636storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4637alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4638the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4639is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4640
4641The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4642padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4643padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4644marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4645with no-op instructions.
4646
4647The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4648it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4649directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4650specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4651fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4652required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4653with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4654
4655@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4656@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4657The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4658@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4659pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4660fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
46614,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4662filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4663the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4664undefined.
4665
fa94de6b 4666@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4667@section Bundle directives
4668@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4669@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4670@cindex bundle
4671@cindex instruction bundle
4672@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4673@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4674bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4675into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4676disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4677gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4678@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4679
4680For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4681certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4682instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4683@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4684chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4685effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4686instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4687that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4688end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4689starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4690instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4691
d3b47e2b 4692@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4693@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4694@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4695The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4696allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4697are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4698aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4699@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4700directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4701
4702@cindex bundle-locked
4703For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4704appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4705instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4706and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4707instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4708sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4709@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4710entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4711boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4712first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4713aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4714bundle size.
4715
d416e51d
RM
4716For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4717inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4718nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4719@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4720matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4721same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4722
252b5132
RH
4723@node Byte
4724@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4725
4726@cindex @code{byte} directive
4727@cindex integers, one byte
4728@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4729Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4730
54cfded0 4731@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4732@section CFI directives
4733@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4734@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4735@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4736should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4737If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4738if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4739To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4740directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4741
2f0c68f2
CM
4742On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4743by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4744
bd5608dc
NC
4745Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4746which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4747
4748The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4749arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4750generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4751redefine it will result in an error.
4752
d3b47e2b 4753@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4754@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4755@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4756should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4757data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4758@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4759
01642c12 4760Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4761it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4762
d3b47e2b 4763@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4764@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4765@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4766unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4767@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4768
d3b47e2b 4769@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4770@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4771@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4772@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4773should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4774argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4775a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4776the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4777can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4778The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4779no personality routine.
4780
2f0c68f2
CM
4781@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4782@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4783@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4784defined in a compact unwinding format.
4785Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4786with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4787
4788@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4789@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4790@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4791used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4792@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4793in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4794Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4795with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4796
d3b47e2b 4797@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4798@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4799@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4800should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4801argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4802or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4803meaning that no LSDA is present.
4804
4805@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4806@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4807switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4808Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4809Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4810with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4811
4812The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4813so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4814referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4815in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4816by a section directive.
4817
4818The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4819The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4820@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4821
d3b47e2b 4822@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4823@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4824address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4825
d3b47e2b 4826@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4827@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4828now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4829remains the same.
4830
d3b47e2b 4831@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4832@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4833remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4834absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4835CFA address.
4836
d3b47e2b 4837@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4838Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4839value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4840
d3b47e2b 4841@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4842Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4843CFA.
54cfded0 4844
084303b8
AK
4845@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4846Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4847
d3b47e2b 4848@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4849Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4850the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4851using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4852This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4853code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4854
d3b47e2b 4855@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4856Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4857
d3b47e2b 4858@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4859@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4860same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4861instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4862
d3b47e2b 4863@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4864From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4865
d3b47e2b 4866@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4867Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4868i.e. no restoration needed.
4869
48eac74c
MG
4870@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4871@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4872implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4873places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4874multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4875flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4876the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4877
4878@smallexample
4879 je label
4880 popq %rbx
4881 .cfi_restore %rbx
4882 popq %r12
4883 .cfi_restore %r12
4884 popq %rbp
4885 .cfi_restore %rbp
4886 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4887 ret
4888label:
4889 /* Do something else */
4890@end smallexample
4891
4892Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4893to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4894@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4895locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4896@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4897we can write:
4898
4899@smallexample
4900 je label
4901 popq %rbx
4902 .cfi_remember_state
4903 .cfi_restore %rbx
4904 popq %r12
4905 .cfi_restore %r12
4906 popq %rbp
4907 .cfi_restore %rbp
4908 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4909 ret
4910label:
4911 .cfi_restore_state
4912 /* Do something else */
4913@end smallexample
4914
4915That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4916as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4917@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4918
d3b47e2b 4919@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4920Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4921directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4922
d3b47e2b 4923@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4924Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4925
d3b47e2b 4926@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4927SPARC register window has been saved.
4928
d3b47e2b 4929@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4930Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4931might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4932opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4933
d3b47e2b 4934@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4935The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4936will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4937description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4938
4939The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4940limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4941mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4942by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4943or another register.
4944
ccf8a69b
BW
4945@node Comm
4946@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4947
ccf8a69b
BW
4948@cindex @code{comm} directive
4949@cindex symbol, common
4950@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4951common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4952of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4953definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4954allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4955absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4956the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4957using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4958
c1711530
DK
4959@ifset COFF-ELF
4960When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4961an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4962specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4963that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4964as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4965boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4966power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4967common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4968alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4969largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4970maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4971is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4972@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4973multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4974It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4975(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4976@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4977
ccf8a69b
BW
4978@ifset HPPA
4979The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4980@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4981@end ifset
07a53e5c 4982
252b5132
RH
4983@node Data
4984@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
252b5132 4985@cindex @code{data} directive
340d33e5 4986
a4fb0134 4987@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4988end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4989absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4990to zero.
4991
340d33e5
NC
4992@node Dc
4993@section @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4994@cindex @code{dc} directive
4995
46c685ac 4996The @code{.dc} directive expects zero or more @var{expressions} separated by
340d33e5
NC
4997commas. These expressions are evaluated and their values inserted into the
4998current section. The size of the emitted value depends upon the suffix to the
4999@code{.dc} directive:
5000
5001@table @code
5002@item @samp{.a}
5003Emits N-bit values, where N is the size of an address on the target system.
5004@item @samp{.b}
5005Emits 8-bit values.
5006@item @samp{.d}
5007Emits double precision floating-point values.
5008@item @samp{.l}
5009Emits 32-bit values.
5010@item @samp{.s}
5011Emits single precision floating-point values.
5012@item @samp{.w}
5013Emits 16-bit values.
5014Note - this is true even on targets where the @code{.word} directive would emit
501532-bit values.
5016@item @samp{.x}
5017Emits long double precision floating-point values.
5018@end table
5019
5020If no suffix is used then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5021
d7c79856
MR
5022The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5023point values.
340d33e5
NC
5024
5025@node Dcb
5026@section @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5027@cindex @code{dcb} directive
5028This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5029bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5030comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5031@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5032
5033@table @code
5034@item @samp{.b}
5035Emits single byte values.
5036@item @samp{.d}
5037Emits double-precision floating point values.
5038@item @samp{.l}
5039Emits 4-byte values.
5040@item @samp{.s}
5041Emits single-precision floating point values.
5042@item @samp{.w}
5043Emits 2-byte values.
5044@item @samp{.x}
5045Emits long double-precision floating point values.
5046@end table
5047
5048If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5049
5050The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5051point values.
5052
5053@node Ds
5054@section @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5055@cindex @code{ds} directive
5056This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5057bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5058comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5059@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5060
5061@table @code
5062@item @samp{.b}
5063Emits single byte values.
5064@item @samp{.d}
5065Emits 8-byte values.
5066@item @samp{.l}
5067Emits 4-byte values.
5068@item @samp{.p}
5069Emits 12-byte values.
5070@item @samp{.s}
5071Emits 4-byte values.
5072@item @samp{.w}
5073Emits 2-byte values.
5074@item @samp{.x}
5075Emits 12-byte values.
5076@end table
5077
5078Note - unlike the @code{.dcb} directive the @samp{.d}, @samp{.s} and @samp{.x}
d7c79856 5079suffixes do not indicate that floating-point values are to be inserted.
340d33e5
NC
5080
5081If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5082
d7c79856 5083The byte ordering is target dependent.
340d33e5
NC
5084
5085
252b5132
RH
5086@ifset COFF
5087@node Def
5088@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5089
5090@cindex @code{def} directive
5091@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5092@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5093Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5094definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
252b5132
RH
5095@end ifset
5096
a8eb42a8 5097@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5098@node Desc
5099@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5100
5101@cindex @code{desc} directive
5102@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5103@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5104This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5105to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5106
5107@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5108The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5109configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5110object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5111it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5112@end ifset
5113@end ifset
5114
5115@ifset COFF
5116@node Dim
5117@section @code{.dim}
5118
5119@cindex @code{dim} directive
5120@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5121@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5122This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5123information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5124@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
252b5132
RH
5125@end ifset
5126
5127@node Double
5128@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5129
5130@cindex @code{double} directive
5131@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5132@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5133assembles floating point numbers.
5134@ifset GENERIC
5135The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5136@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5137@end ifset
5138@ifclear GENERIC
5139@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5140On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5141in @sc{ieee} format.
5142@end ifset
5143@end ifclear
5144
5145@node Eject
5146@section @code{.eject}
5147
5148@cindex @code{eject} directive
5149@cindex new page, in listings
5150@cindex page, in listings
5151@cindex listing control: new page
5152Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5153
5154@node Else
5155@section @code{.else}
5156
5157@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5158@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5159assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5160of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5161was false.
5162
3fd9f047
TW
5163@node Elseif
5164@section @code{.elseif}
5165
5166@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5167@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5168assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5169@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5170
252b5132
RH
5171@node End
5172@section @code{.end}
5173
5174@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5175@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5176process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5177
5178@ifset COFF
5179@node Endef
5180@section @code{.endef}
5181
5182@cindex @code{endef} directive
5183This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5184@code{.def}.
252b5132
RH
5185@end ifset
5186
5187@node Endfunc
5188@section @code{.endfunc}
5189@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5190@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5191
5192@node Endif
5193@section @code{.endif}
5194
5195@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5196@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5197it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5198conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5199
5200@node Equ
5201@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5202
5203@cindex @code{equ} directive
5204@cindex assigning values to symbols
5205@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5206This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5207It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5208
5209@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5210The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5211@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5212@end ifset
5213
3c9b82ba 5214@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5215The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5216@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5217On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5218but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5219Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5220@end ifset
5221
252b5132
RH
5222@node Equiv
5223@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5224@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5225The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5226the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5227symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5228undefined.
252b5132 5229
01642c12 5230Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5231@smallexample
5232.ifdef SYM
5233.err
5234.endif
5235.equ SYM,VAL
5236@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5237plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5238
5239@node Eqv
5240@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5241@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5242The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5243evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5244the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5245value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5246
5247@node Err
5248@section @code{.err}
5249@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5250If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5251message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5252object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5253
d190d046
HPN
5254@node Error
5255@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5256@cindex error directive
5257
5258Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5259string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5260message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5261@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5262
5263@smallexample
5264 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5265@end smallexample
5266
252b5132
RH
5267@node Exitm
5268@section @code{.exitm}
5269Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5270
5271@node Extern
5272@section @code{.extern}
5273
5274@cindex @code{extern} directive
5275@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5276with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5277all undefined symbols as external.
5278
5279@node Fail
5280@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5281
5282@cindex @code{fail} directive
5283Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5284or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5285than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5286include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5287complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5288
252b5132 5289@node File
14082c76 5290@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5291@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5292
5293@ifclear no-file-dir
5294There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5295that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5296@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5297
5298@subheading Default Version
5299
252b5132
RH
5300@cindex logical file name
5301@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5302This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5303are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5304
5305@smallexample
5306.file @var{string}
5307@end smallexample
5308
5309@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5310recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5311to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5312statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5313old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5314
5315@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5316@end ifclear
5317
14082c76
BW
5318When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5319to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5320
5321@smallexample
5322.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5323@end smallexample
5324
5325The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5326index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5327literal.
5328
5329The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5330table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5331information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5332entries will have.
5333
252b5132
RH
5334@node Fill
5335@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5336
5337@cindex @code{fill} directive
5338@cindex writing patterns in memory
5339@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5340@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5341This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5342may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5343more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5344other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5345is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5346zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5347byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5348Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5349@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5350compatible with other people's assemblers.
5351
5352@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5353If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5354assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5355@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5356
5357@node Float
5358@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5359
5360@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5361@cindex @code{float} directive
5362This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5363has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5364@ifset GENERIC
5365The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5366@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5367@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5368@end ifset
5369@ifclear GENERIC
5370@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5371On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5372in @sc{ieee} format.
5373@end ifset
5374@end ifclear
5375
5376@node Func
5377@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5378@cindex @code{func} directive
5379@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5380is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5381Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5382@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5383prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5384@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5385All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5386The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5387
5388@node Global
5389@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5390
5391@cindex @code{global} directive
5392@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5393@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5394@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5395other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5396@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5397from another file linked into the same program.
5398
5399Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5400compatibility with other assemblers.
5401
5402@ifset HPPA
5403On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5404partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5405@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5406@end ifset
5407
c91d2e08 5408@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5409@node Gnu_attribute
5410@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5411Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5412
c91d2e08
NC
5413@node Hidden
5414@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5415
c1253627
NC
5416@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5417@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5418This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5419@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5420@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5421
5422This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5423their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5424@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5425Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5426@end ifset
5427
252b5132
RH
5428@node hword
5429@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5430
5431@cindex @code{hword} directive
5432@cindex integers, 16-bit
5433@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5434@cindex sixteen bit integers
5435This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5436a 16 bit number for each.
5437
5438@ifset GENERIC
5439This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5440architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5441@end ifset
5442@ifclear GENERIC
5443@ifset W32
5444This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5445@end ifset
5446@ifset W16
5447This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5448@end ifset
5449@end ifclear
5450
5451@node Ident
5452@section @code{.ident}
5453
5454@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5455
5456This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5457behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5458a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5459source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5460for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5461@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5462emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5463
5464@node If
5465@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5466
5467@cindex conditional assembly
5468@cindex @code{if} directive
5469@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5470considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5471(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5472the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5473(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5474alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5475If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5476nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5477
5478The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5479@table @code
5480@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5481@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5482Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5483has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5484is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5485
26aca5f6
JB
5486@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5487@item .ifb @var{text}
5488Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5489
252b5132
RH
5490@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5491@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5492Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5493strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5494the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5495end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5496string comparison is case sensitive.
5497
5498@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5499@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5500Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5501
5502@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5503@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5504Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5505
5506@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5507@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5508Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5509equal to zero.
5510
5511@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5512@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5513Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5514
5515@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5516@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5517Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5518to zero.
5519
5520@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5521@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5522Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5523
26aca5f6
JB
5524@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5525@item .ifnb @var{text}
5526Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5527following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5528
252b5132
RH
5529@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5530@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5531Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5532following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5533
5534@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5535@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5536@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5537@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5538Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5539has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5540which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5541
5542@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5543@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5544Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5545(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5546
5547@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5548@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5549Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5550following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5551@end table
5552
7e005732
NC
5553@node Incbin
5554@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5555
5556@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5557@cindex binary files, including
5558The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5559location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5560option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5561around @var{file}.
5562
5563The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5564@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5565read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5566responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5567after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5568
252b5132
RH
5569@node Include
5570@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5571
5572@cindex @code{include} directive
5573@cindex supporting files, including
5574@cindex files, including
5575This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5576points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5577if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5578included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5579can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5580(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5581around @var{file}.
5582
5583@node Int
5584@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5585
5586@cindex @code{int} directive
5587@cindex integers, 32-bit
5588Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5589For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5590expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5591of target the assembly is for.
5592
5593@ifclear GENERIC
5594@ifset H8
7be1c489 5595On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5596integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
559732-bit integers.
5598@end ifset
5599@end ifclear
5600
c91d2e08
NC
5601@ifset ELF
5602@node Internal
5603@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5604
c1253627
NC
5605@cindex @code{internal} directive
5606@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5607This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5608@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5609@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5610
5611This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5612their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5613@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5614(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5615processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5616@end ifset
5617
252b5132
RH
5618@node Irp
5619@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5620
5621@cindex @code{irp} directive
5622Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5623The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5624terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5625set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5626@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5627@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5628sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5629
5630For example, assembling
5631
5632@example
5633 .irp param,1,2,3
5634 move d\param,sp@@-
5635 .endr
5636@end example
5637
5638is equivalent to assembling
5639
5640@example
5641 move d1,sp@@-
5642 move d2,sp@@-
5643 move d3,sp@@-
5644@end example
5645
96e9638b 5646For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5647
252b5132
RH
5648@node Irpc
5649@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5650
5651@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5652Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5653The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5654terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5655@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5656assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5657assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5658@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5659
5660For example, assembling
5661
5662@example
5663 .irpc param,123
5664 move d\param,sp@@-
5665 .endr
5666@end example
5667
5668is equivalent to assembling
5669
5670@example
5671 move d1,sp@@-
5672 move d2,sp@@-
5673 move d3,sp@@-
5674@end example
5675
5e75c3ab
JB
5676For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5677at @xref{Macro}.
5678
252b5132
RH
5679@node Lcomm
5680@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5681
5682@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5683@cindex local common symbols
5684@cindex symbols, local common
5685Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5686denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5687those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5688section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5689is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5690not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5691
5692@ifset GENERIC
5693Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5694argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5695@end ifset
5696
5697@ifset HPPA
5698The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5699@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5700@end ifset
5701
5702@node Lflags
5703@section @code{.lflags}
5704
5705@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5706@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5707assemblers, but ignores it.
5708
5709@ifclear no-line-dir
5710@node Line
5711@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5712
5713@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132 5714@cindex logical line number
a8eb42a8 5715@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5716Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5717expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5718statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5719reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5720@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5721for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5722@end ifset
5723
252b5132 5724Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5725@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5726when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5727were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5728@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5729
5730Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5731used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5732debugging.
5733@end ifclear
5734
5735@node Linkonce
5736@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5737@cindex COMDAT
5738@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5739@cindex common sections
5740Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5741This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5742but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5743The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5744Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5745unique.
5746
5747This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5748writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5749Executable format used on Windows NT.
5750
5751The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5752following strings. For example:
5753@smallexample
5754.linkonce same_size
5755@end smallexample
5756Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5757
5758@table @code
5759@item discard
5760Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5761
5762@item one_only
5763Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5764
5765@item same_size
5766Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5767
5768@item same_contents
5769Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5770@end table
5771
ccf8a69b
BW
5772@node List
5773@section @code{.list}
5774
5775@cindex @code{list} directive
5776@cindex listing control, turning on
5777Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5778not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5779internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5780counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5781generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5782
5783By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
a05a5b64 5784@samp{-a} command-line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
ccf8a69b
BW
5785the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5786
252b5132
RH
5787@node Ln
5788@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5789
5790@cindex @code{ln} directive
5791@ifclear no-line-dir
5792@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5793@end ifclear
5794@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5795Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5796must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5797line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5798statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5799line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
252b5132
RH
5800@end ifset
5801
ccf8a69b
BW
5802@node Loc
5803@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5804@cindex @code{loc} directive
5805When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5806the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5807number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5808instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5809arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5810the row is added.
252b5132 5811
ccf8a69b
BW
5812The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5813
5814@table @code
5815@item basic_block
5816This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5817@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5818
5819@item prologue_end
5820This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5821@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5822
5823@item epilogue_begin
5824This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5825@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5826
5827@item is_stmt @var{value}
5828This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5829@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5830either 0 or 1.
5831
5832@item isa @var{value}
5833This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5834state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5835
92846e72
CC
5836@item discriminator @var{value}
5837This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5838state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5839
ba8826a8
AO
5840@item view @var{value}
5841This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the
5842current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly
5843instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the
5844@code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the
5845@code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc}
5846directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal
5847@code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts
5848that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program
5849location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for
5850the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior
5851@code{.loc} directives at the same program location.
5852
ccf8a69b
BW
5853@end table
5854
5855@node Loc_mark_labels
5856@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5857@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5858When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5859the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5860to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5861register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5862The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5863this function respectively.
252b5132 5864
4d4175af
BW
5865@ifset ELF
5866@node Local
5867@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5868
5869@cindex @code{local} directive
5870This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5871the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5872will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5873they will be created.
5874
5875For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5876accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5877the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5878(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5879@end ifset
5880
252b5132
RH
5881@node Long
5882@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5883
5884@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5885@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5886
5887@ignore
5888@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5889@c what it really ought to do
5890@node Lsym
5891@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5892
5893@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5894@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5895@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5896the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5897rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5898the same as the expression value:
5899@smallexample
5900@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5901@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5902@var{value} = @var{expression}
5903@end smallexample
5904@noindent
5905The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5906@end ignore
5907
5908@node Macro
5909@section @code{.macro}
5910
5911@cindex macros
5912The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5913generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5914@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5915
5916@example
5917 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5918 .long \from
5919 .if \to-\from
5920 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5921 .endif
5922 .endm
5923@end example
5924
5925@noindent
5926With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5927
5928@example
5929 .long 0
5930 .long 1
5931 .long 2
5932 .long 3
5933 .long 4
5934 .long 5
5935@end example
5936
5937@ftable @code
5938@item .macro @var{macname}
5939@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5940@cindex @code{macro} directive
5941Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5942definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5943separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5944indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5945@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5946(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5947macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5948cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5949subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5950definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5951
5952@table @code
5953@item .macro comm
5954Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5955arguments.
5956
6258339f 5957@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5958@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5959Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5960which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5961@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5962
5963@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5964Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5965arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5966After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5967@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5968@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5969,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5970@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5971
6eaeac8a
JB
5972@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5973Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5974arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5975not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5976will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5977
252b5132
RH
5978When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5979position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5980@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5981
6258339f
NC
5982@end table
5983
5e75c3ab
JB
5984Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5985as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5986occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5987characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5988(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5989architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5990character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5991replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5992construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5993identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5994this macro definition:
5995
5996@example
5997 .macro label l
5998\l:
5999 .endm
6000@end example
6001
6002might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
6003called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
6004assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
6005identifier.
6006
6007Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
6008which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
6009for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
6010length specifier like this:
6011
6012@example
6013 .macro opcode base length
6014 \base.\length
6015 .endm
6016@end example
6017
6018and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
6019instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
6020interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
6021
6022There are several possible ways around this problem:
6023
6024@table @code
6025@item Insert white space
6026If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
6027solution. eg:
6028
6029@example
6030 .macro label l
6031\l :
6032 .endm
6033@end example
6034
6035@item Use @samp{\()}
6036The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
6037the following text. eg:
6038
6039@example
6040 .macro opcode base length
6041 \base\().\length
6042 .endm
6043@end example
6044
6045@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
6046In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
6047used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
6048
6049@example
6050 .altmacro
6051 .macro label l
6052l&:
6053 .endm
6054@end example
6258339f 6055@end table
5e75c3ab 6056
96e9638b 6057Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 6058also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 6059and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 6060
252b5132
RH
6061@item .endm
6062@cindex @code{endm} directive
6063Mark the end of a macro definition.
6064
6065@item .exitm
6066@cindex @code{exitm} directive
6067Exit early from the current macro definition.
6068
6069@cindex number of macros executed
6070@cindex macros, count executed
6071@item \@@
a4fb0134 6072@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6073executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6074output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6075
252b5132
RH
6076@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6077@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6078macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6079@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6080@end ftable
252b5132 6081
ccf8a69b
BW
6082@node MRI
6083@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6084
ccf8a69b
BW
6085@cindex @code{mri} directive
6086@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6087If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6088@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6089affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6090of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6091
caa32fe5
NC
6092@node Noaltmacro
6093@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6094Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6095
252b5132
RH
6096@node Nolist
6097@section @code{.nolist}
6098
6099@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6100@cindex listing control, turning off
6101Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6102not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6103internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6104counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6105generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6106
8f065d3b
L
6107@node Nops
6108@section @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
62a02d25 6109
8f065d3b 6110@cindex @code{nops} directive
62a02d25
L
6111@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
6112This directive emits @var{size} bytes filled with no-op instructions.
6113@var{size} is absolute expression, which must be a positve value.
6114@var{control} controls how no-op instructions should be generated. If
6115the comma and @var{control} are omitted, @var{control} is assumed to be
6116zero.
6117
6118Note: For Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 targets, @var{control} specifies
6119the size limit of a no-op instruction. The valid values of @var{control}
3ae729d5
L
6120are between 0 and 4 in 16-bit mode, between 0 and 7 when tuning for
6121older processors in 32-bit mode, between 0 and 11 in 64-bit mode or when
6122tuning for newer processors in 32-bit mode. When 0 is used, the no-op
6123instruction size limit is set to the maximum supported size.
62a02d25 6124
252b5132
RH
6125@node Octa
6126@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6127
a8eb42a8 6128@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on some? Or warn?
252b5132
RH
6129@cindex @code{octa} directive
6130@cindex integer, 16-byte
6131@cindex sixteen byte integer
6132This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6133bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6134
6135The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6136hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6137
9aec2026
NC
6138@node Offset
6139@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6140
6141@cindex @code{offset} directive
6142Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6143be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6144symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6145directive.
9aec2026 6146
252b5132
RH
6147@node Org
6148@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6149
6150@cindex @code{org} directive
6151@cindex location counter, advancing
6152@cindex advancing location counter
6153@cindex current address, advancing
6154Advance the location counter of the current section to
6155@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6156expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6157you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6158wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6159with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6160@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6161is the same as the current subsection.
6162
6163@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6164unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6165backwards.
6166
6167@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6168@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6169@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6170Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6171may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6172a chance to share your improved assembler.
6173
6174Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6175to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6176people's assemblers.
6177
6178When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6179intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6180absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6181@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6182
6183@node P2align
6184@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6185
6186@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6187@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6188Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6189storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6190number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6191advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
6192counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
6193multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6194
6195The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6196padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 6197padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
6198marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6199with no-op instructions.
6200
6201The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6202it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6203directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6204specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6205fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6206required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6207with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6208
6209@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6210@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6211The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6212@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6213pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6214fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
62152,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6216filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6217the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6218undefined.
6219
ccf8a69b
BW
6220@ifset ELF
6221@node PopSection
6222@section @code{.popsection}
6223
6224@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6225@cindex Section Stack
6226This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6227@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6228@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6229(@pxref{Previous}).
6230
6231This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6232section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6233stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6234@end ifset
6235
c91d2e08
NC
6236@ifset ELF
6237@node Previous
6238@section @code{.previous}
6239
c1253627 6240@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6241@cindex Section Stack
6242This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6243@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6244@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6245(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6246
6247This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6248referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6249@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6250subsections). For example:
6251
6252@smallexample
6253.section A
6254 .subsection 1
6255 .word 0x1234
6256 .subsection 2
6257 .word 0x5678
6258.previous
6259 .word 0x9abc
6260@end smallexample
6261
6262Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6263section A. Whilst:
6264
6265@smallexample
6266.section A
6267.subsection 1
6268 # Now in section A subsection 1
6269 .word 0x1234
6270.section B
6271.subsection 0
6272 # Now in section B subsection 0
6273 .word 0x5678
6274.subsection 1
6275 # Now in section B subsection 1
6276 .word 0x9abc
6277.previous
6278 # Now in section B subsection 0
6279 .word 0xdef0
6280@end smallexample
6281
6282Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6283section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6284
6285In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6286the top section on the section stack.
6287@end ifset
6288
252b5132
RH
6289@node Print
6290@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6291
6292@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6293@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6294assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6295
c91d2e08
NC
6296@ifset ELF
6297@node Protected
6298@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6299
c1253627
NC
6300@cindex @code{protected} directive
6301@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6302This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6303@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6304
6305This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6306their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6307@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6308components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6309component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6310this.
c91d2e08
NC
6311@end ifset
6312
252b5132
RH
6313@node Psize
6314@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6315
6316@cindex @code{psize} directive
6317@cindex listing control: paper size
6318@cindex paper size, for listings
6319Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6320number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6321
6322If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6323of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6324default width is 200 columns.
6325
a4fb0134 6326@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6327lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6328@code{.eject}).
6329
6330If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6331those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6332
6333@node Purgem
6334@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6335
6336@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6337Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6338expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6339
c91d2e08
NC
6340@ifset ELF
6341@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6342@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6343
c1253627 6344@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6345@cindex Section Stack
6346This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6347@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6348@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6349(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6350
e9863d7f
DJ
6351This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6352top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6353subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6354@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6355as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6356@end ifset
6357
252b5132
RH
6358@node Quad
6359@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6360
6361@cindex @code{quad} directive
6362@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6363each bignum, it emits
6364@ifclear bignum-16
6365an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6366warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6367@cindex eight-byte integer
6368@cindex integer, 8-byte
6369
6370The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6371hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6372@end ifclear
6373@ifset bignum-16
6374a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6375warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6376@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6377@cindex integer, 16-byte
6378@end ifset
6379
05e9452c
AM
6380@node Reloc
6381@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6382
6383@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6384Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6385@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6386the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6387symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6388@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6389absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6390targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6391relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6392section.
6393
252b5132
RH
6394@node Rept
6395@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6396
6397@cindex @code{rept} directive
6398Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6399@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6400
6401For example, assembling
6402
6403@example
6404 .rept 3
6405 .long 0
6406 .endr
6407@end example
6408
6409is equivalent to assembling
6410
6411@example
6412 .long 0
6413 .long 0
6414 .long 0
6415@end example
6416
808811a3
NC
6417A count of zero is allowed, but nothing is generated. Negative counts are not
6418allowed and if encountered will be treated as if they were zero.
6419
252b5132
RH
6420@node Sbttl
6421@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6422
6423@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6424@cindex subtitles for listings
6425@cindex listing control: subtitle
6426Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6427title line) when generating assembly listings.
6428
6429This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6430it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6431
6432@ifset COFF
6433@node Scl
6434@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6435
6436@cindex @code{scl} directive
6437@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6438@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6439Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6440used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6441whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6442symbolic debugging information.
252b5132
RH
6443@end ifset
6444
c1253627 6445@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6446@node Section
c1253627 6447@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6448
252b5132
RH
6449@cindex named section
6450Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6451named @var{name}.
6452
6453This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6454named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6455with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6456
c1253627
NC
6457@ifset COFF
6458@ifset ELF
6459@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6460@subheading COFF Version
6461@end ifset
6462
6463@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6464For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6465ways:
c91d2e08 6466
252b5132
RH
6467@smallexample
6468.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6469.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6470@end smallexample
6471
6472If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6473section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6474
252b5132
RH
6475@table @code
6476@item b
6477bss section (uninitialized data)
6478@item n
6479section is not loaded
6480@item w
6481writable section
6482@item d
6483data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6484@item e
6485exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6486@item r
6487read-only section
6488@item x
6489executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6490@item s
6491shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6492@item a
6493ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6494@item y
6495section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6496@item 0-9
6497single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6498@end table
6499
6500If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6501the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6502loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6503from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6504will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6505
6506If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6507taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6508@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6509
6510@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6511@ifset COFF
6512@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6513@subheading ELF Version
6514@end ifset
6515
c91d2e08
NC
6516@cindex Section Stack
6517This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6518@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6519(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6520@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6521
c1253627 6522@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6523For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6524
252b5132 6525@smallexample
7047dd1e 6526.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6527@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6528
451133ce
NP
6529@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6530@kindex --sectname-subst
6531@cindex section name substitution
6532If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6533argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6534at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6535
6536@smallexample
6537.macro exception_code
6538.section %S.exception
6539[exception code here]
6540.previous
6541.endm
6542
6543.text
6544[code]
6545exception_code
6546[...]
6547
6548.section .init
6549[init code]
6550exception_code
6551[...]
6552@end smallexample
6553
6554The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6555@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6556This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6557tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6558need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6559macros just for that purpose.
6560
252b5132 6561The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6562combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6563
252b5132
RH
6564@table @code
6565@item a
6566section is allocatable
a91e1603
L
6567@item d
6568section is a GNU_MBIND section
18ae9cc1
L
6569@item e
6570section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6571@item w
6572section is writable
6573@item x
6574section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6575@item M
6576section is mergeable
6577@item S
6578section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6579@item G
6580section is a member of a section group
6581@item T
6582section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6583@item ?
6584section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6585@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6586a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6587field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6588also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6589resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6590@item @code{<target specific>}
6591some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6592@end table
6593
9fb71ee4
NC
6594Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6595a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6596flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6597@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6598(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6599section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6600
252b5132 6601The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6602
252b5132
RH
6603@table @code
6604@item @@progbits
6605section contains data
6606@item @@nobits
6607section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6608@item @@note
6609section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6610@item @@init_array
6611section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6612@item @@fini_array
6613section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6614@item @@preinit_array
6615section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6616@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6617a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6618@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6619some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6620@end table
6621
9fb71ee4
NC
6622Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6623enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6624
ececec60
NC
6625Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6626ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6627@code{%} character.
6628
9fb71ee4
NC
6629Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6630special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6631type will generate an error from the assembler.
6632
22fe14ad 6633If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6634be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6635
6636@smallexample
6637.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6638@end smallexample
6639
6640Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6641constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6642@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6643@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6644the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6645absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6646which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6647@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6648@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6649
6650If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6651be present along with an additional field like this:
6652
6653@smallexample
6654.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6655@end smallexample
6656
6657The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6658particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6659
22fe14ad
NC
6660@table @code
6661@item comdat
6662indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6663@item .gnu.linkonce
6664an alias for comdat
6665@end table
6666
96e9638b 6667Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6668the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6669
6670@smallexample
6671.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6672@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6673
01642c12
RM
6674If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6675@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6676present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6677this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6678@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6679If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6680
252b5132
RH
6681If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6682the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6683none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6684executable. The section will contain data.
6685
6686For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6687directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6688
252b5132
RH
6689@smallexample
6690.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6691@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6692
252b5132
RH
6693Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6694separated flags:
eda683bb 6695
252b5132
RH
6696@table @code
6697@item #alloc
6698section is allocatable
6699@item #write
6700section is writable
6701@item #execinstr
6702section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6703@item #exclude
6704section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6705@item #tls
6706section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6707@end table
c91d2e08 6708
e9863d7f
DJ
6709This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6710contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6711some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6712work.
c1253627
NC
6713@end ifset
6714@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6715
6716@node Set
6717@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6718
6719@cindex @code{set} directive
6720@cindex symbol value, setting
6721Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6722changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6723@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6724flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6725
5d239759
NC
6726You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6727values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6728involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6729being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6730addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6731final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6732the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6733different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6734
6735If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6736file is the last value stored into it.
6737
3c9b82ba
NC
6738@ifset Z80
6739On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6740@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6741@end ifset
6742
252b5132
RH
6743@node Short
6744@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6745
6746@cindex @code{short} directive
6747@ifset GENERIC
6748@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6749@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6750
6751In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6752numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6753@end ifset
6754@ifclear GENERIC
6755@ifset W16
6756@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6757@end ifset
6758@ifset W32
6759This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6760a 16 bit number for each.
6761@end ifset
6762@end ifclear
6763
6764@node Single
6765@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6766
6767@cindex @code{single} directive
6768@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6769This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6770has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6771@ifset GENERIC
6772The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6773@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6774@end ifset
6775@ifclear GENERIC
6776@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6777On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6778numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6779@end ifset
6780@end ifclear
6781
c1253627 6782@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6783@node Size
c1253627 6784@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6785
c1253627
NC
6786This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6787
6788@ifset COFF
6789@ifset ELF
6790@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6791@subheading COFF Version
6792@end ifset
6793
6794@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6795For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6796@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6797
6798@smallexample
6799.size @var{expression}
6800@end smallexample
252b5132 6801
c1253627 6802@end ifset
c91d2e08 6803
c1253627
NC
6804@ifset ELF
6805@ifset COFF
6806@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6807@subheading ELF Version
6808@end ifset
6809
6810@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6811For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6812
c1253627
NC
6813@smallexample
6814.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6815@end smallexample
6816
6817This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6818The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6819arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6820symbols.
c1253627
NC
6821@end ifset
6822@end ifset
252b5132 6823
252b5132
RH
6824@ifclear no-space-dir
6825@node Skip
340d33e5 6826@section @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6827
6828@cindex @code{skip} directive
6829@cindex filling memory
6830This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6831@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6832@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6833@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6834@end ifclear
252b5132 6835
ccf8a69b
BW
6836@node Sleb128
6837@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6838
6839@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6840@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6841compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6842symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6843
884f0d36 6844@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 6845@node Space
340d33e5 6846@section @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6847
6848@cindex @code{space} directive
6849@cindex filling memory
6850This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6851@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6852and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6853as @samp{.skip}.
6854
6855@ifset HPPA
6856@quotation
6857@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6858targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6859Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6860@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6861for a summary.
6862@end quotation
6863@end ifset
6864@end ifclear
6865
252b5132
RH
6866@ifset have-stabs
6867@node Stab
6868@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6869
6870@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6871@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6872There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6873All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6874The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6875cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6876Up to five fields are required:
6877
6878@table @var
6879@item string
6880This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6881@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6882debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6883using this field.
6884
6885@item type
6886An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6887this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6888and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6889
6890@item other
6891An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6892low 8 bits of this expression.
6893
6894@item desc
6895An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6896bits of this expression.
6897
6898@item value
6899An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6900@end table
6901
6902If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6903or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6904you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6905compatible with earlier assemblers!
6906
6907@table @code
6908@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6909@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6910
6911The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6912It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6913null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6914strings.
6915
6916The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6917relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6918is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6919assembled.
6920
6921@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6922@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6923The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6924
6925@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6926@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6927All five fields are specified.
6928@end table
6929@end ifset
6930@c end have-stabs
6931
6932@node String
38a57ae7 6933@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6934"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6935
6936@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6937@cindex string8, copying to object file
6938@cindex string16, copying to object file
6939@cindex string32, copying to object file
6940@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6941@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6942@cindex @code{string8} directive
6943@cindex @code{string16} directive
6944@cindex @code{string32} directive
6945@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6946
6947Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6948one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6949particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6950You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6951
01642c12 6952The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6953the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6954copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6955are stored in target endianness byte order.
6956
6957Example:
6958@smallexample
6959 .string32 "BYE"
6960expands to:
6961 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6962 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6963@end smallexample
6964
6965
252b5132
RH
6966@node Struct
6967@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6968
6969@cindex @code{struct} directive
6970Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6971which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6972@smallexample
6973 .struct 0
6974field1:
6975 .struct field1 + 4
6976field2:
6977 .struct field2 + 4
6978field3:
6979@end smallexample
6980This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6981@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6982value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6983use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6984before further assembly.
6985
c91d2e08
NC
6986@ifset ELF
6987@node SubSection
6988@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6989
c1253627 6990@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6991@cindex Section Stack
6992This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6993@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6994@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6995(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6996
6997This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6998section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6999in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
7000@end ifset
7001
252b5132
RH
7002@ifset ELF
7003@node Symver
7004@section @code{.symver}
7005@cindex @code{symver} directive
7006@cindex symbol versioning
7007@cindex versions of symbols
7008Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
7009within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
7010typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
7011There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
7012into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
7013shared library.
7014
79082ff0 7015For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
7016@smallexample
7017.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
7018@end smallexample
339681c0 7019If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 7020being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
7021alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
7022just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
7023permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
7024of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
7025itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
7026have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
7027file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
7028function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
7029the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
7030building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
7031symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
7032nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
7033
7034If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
7035references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
7036reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
7037symbol table.
79082ff0
L
7038
7039Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7040@smallexample
7041.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
7042@end smallexample
7043In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 7044the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
7045difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
7046references to @var{name2} by the linker.
7047
7048The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7049@smallexample
7050.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
7051@end smallexample
7052When @var{name} is not defined within the
7053file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
7054@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
7055name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
7056@end ifset
7057
7058@ifset COFF
7059@node Tag
7060@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
7061
7062@cindex COFF structure debugging
7063@cindex structure debugging, COFF
7064@cindex @code{tag} directive
7065This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
7066information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
7067@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
7068definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
252b5132
RH
7069@end ifset
7070
7071@node Text
7072@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
7073
7074@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7075Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7076the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7077expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7078is used.
7079
7080@node Title
7081@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7082
7083@cindex @code{title} directive
7084@cindex listing control: title line
7085Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7086source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7087
7088This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7089it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7090
c1253627 7091@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7092@node Type
c1253627
NC
7093@section @code{.type}
7094
7095This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7096
7097@ifset COFF
7098@ifset ELF
7099@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7100@subheading COFF Version
7101@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7102
7103@cindex COFF symbol type
7104@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7105@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7106For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7107@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7108
7109@smallexample
7110.type @var{int}
7111@end smallexample
7112
7113This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7114entry.
252b5132 7115
c1253627 7116@end ifset
c91d2e08 7117
c1253627
NC
7118@ifset ELF
7119@ifset COFF
7120@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7121@subheading ELF Version
7122@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7123
7124@cindex ELF symbol type
7125@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7126@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7127For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7128
7129@smallexample
7130.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7131@end smallexample
7132
7133This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7134function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7135supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7136compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7137
7138Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7139@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7140below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7141the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7142maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7143assemblers.
7144
7145The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7146
7147@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7148 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7149 .type <name>,#<type>
7150 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7151 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7152 .type <name>,"<type>"
7153@end smallexample
7154
7155The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7156
5671778d
NC
7157@table @gcctabopt
7158@item STT_FUNC
7159@itemx function
7160Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7161
d8045f23
NC
7162@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7163@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7164Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7165processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7166
5671778d
NC
7167@item STT_OBJECT
7168@itemx object
7169Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7170
7171@item STT_TLS
7172@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7173Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7174
7175@item STT_COMMON
7176@itemx common
7177Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7178
7179@item STT_NOTYPE
7180@itemx notype
7181Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7182
3e7a7d11
NC
7183@item gnu_unique_object
7184Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7185will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7186name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7187systems).
3e7a7d11 7188
5671778d
NC
7189@end table
7190
7191Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7192
c1253627
NC
7193@end ifset
7194@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7195
7196@node Uleb128
7197@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7198
7199@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7200@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7201compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7202symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7203
7204@ifset COFF
7205@node Val
7206@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7207
7208@cindex @code{val} directive
7209@cindex COFF value attribute
7210@cindex value attribute, COFF
7211This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7212records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7213entry.
252b5132
RH
7214@end ifset
7215
2e13b764 7216@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7217@node Version
7218@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7219
c1253627 7220@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7221This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7222formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7223@end ifset
2e13b764 7224
c91d2e08
NC
7225@ifset ELF
7226@node VTableEntry
7227@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7228
653cfe85 7229@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7230This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7231@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7232
c91d2e08
NC
7233@node VTableInherit
7234@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7235
653cfe85 7236@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7237This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7238@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7239parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7240parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7241@end ifset
2e13b764 7242
d190d046
HPN
7243@node Warning
7244@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7245@cindex warning directive
7246Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7247(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7248
c91d2e08
NC
7249@node Weak
7250@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7251
c1253627 7252@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7253This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7254@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7255
01642c12 7256On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7257directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7258@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7259
977cdf5a 7260On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7261When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7262alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7263
06e77878
AO
7264@node Weakref
7265@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7266
7267@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7268This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7269be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7270If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7271will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7272symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7273
7274The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7275assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7276symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7277resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7278had the references to the alias removed.
7279
7280The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7281within the assembler.
7282
252b5132
RH
7283@node Word
7284@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7285
7286@cindex @code{word} directive
7287This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7288separated by commas.
7289@ifclear GENERIC
7290@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7291For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7292@end ifset
7293@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7294For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7295@end ifset
7296@end ifclear
7297@ifset GENERIC
7298
7299The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7300depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7301@end ifset
7302
a8eb42a8 7303@c on sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
252b5132
RH
7304@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7305@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7306@cindex difference tables altered
7307@cindex altered difference tables
7308@quotation
7309@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7310@end quotation
7311
7312@ifset GENERIC
7313Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7314addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7315interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7316@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7317
7318@end ifset
7319In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7320@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7321Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7322compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7323directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7324@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7325creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7326This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7327first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7328of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7329table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7330contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7331@code{sym2}.
7332
7333If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7334secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7335@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7336long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7337and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7338minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7339entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7340
7341@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7342@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7343@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7344assembly language programmers.
7345@end ifset
7346@end ifset
7347@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7348
7ce98c16
NC
7349@ifclear no-space-dir
7350@node Zero
7351@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7352
7353@cindex @code{zero} directive
7354@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7355This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7356expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7357so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7358instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7359@end ifclear
7360
2b841ec2
AM
7361@ifset ELF
7362@node 2byte
ea86f534 7363@section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7364@cindex @code{2byte} directive
7365@cindex two-byte integer
7366@cindex integer, 2-byte
2b841ec2 7367
e406e428
NC
7368This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there
7369are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression
7370is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output
7371section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit
7372in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two
7373bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated
7374at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the
7375value at link time.
7376
7377This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the
7378values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be
7379different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment.
7380
8b1e5da1 7381This directive is only available for ELF targets,
2b841ec2
AM
7382
7383@node 4byte
ea86f534 7384@section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7385@cindex @code{4byte} directive
7386@cindex four-byte integer
7387@cindex integer, 4-byte
2b841ec2 7388
e406e428
NC
7389Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte
7390long values into the output.
2b841ec2
AM
7391
7392@node 8byte
ea86f534 7393@section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7394@cindex @code{8byte} directive
7395@cindex eight-byte integer
7396@cindex integer, 8-byte
2b841ec2 7397
e21126b7 7398Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight
e406e428
NC
7399byte long bignum values into the output.
7400
2b841ec2
AM
7401@end ifset
7402
252b5132
RH
7403@node Deprecated
7404@section Deprecated Directives
7405
7406@cindex deprecated directives
7407@cindex obsolescent directives
7408One day these directives won't work.
7409They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7410@table @t
7411@item .abort
7412@item .line
7413@end table
7414
3a99f02f
DJ
7415@ifset ELF
7416@node Object Attributes
7417@chapter Object Attributes
7418@cindex object attributes
7419
7420@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7421into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7422Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7423point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7424requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7425passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7426hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7427generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7428newer generation at run-time.
7429
7430This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7431@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7432time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7433correctly.
7434
7435Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7436attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7437string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7438and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7439or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7440attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7441
7442Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7443The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7444
7445@menu
7446* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7447* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7448@end menu
7449
7450@node GNU Object Attributes
7451@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7452
7453The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7454with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7455
7456Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7457its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7458an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
74592} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7460architecture-dependent ones.
7461
7462@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7463
7464These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7465
7466@table @r
7467@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7468The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7469the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7470then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7471than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7472arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7473@end table
7474
7475@subsection MIPS Attributes
7476
7477@table @r
7478@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7479The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7480
7481@itemize @bullet
7482@item
74830 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7484@item
f179c512
MF
74851 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7486double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7487@item
74882 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7489@item
74903 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7491@item
f179c512
MF
74924 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7493floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7494number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7495@item
74965 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7497with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7498general-purpose registers.
7499@item
75006 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7501registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7502@item
75037 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7504registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7505direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7506@end itemize
7507@end table
7508
7509@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7510
7511@table @r
7512@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7513The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7514
7515@itemize @bullet
7516@item
75170 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7518@item
3c7b9897 75191 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7520@item
75212 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7522@item
75233 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7524@end itemize
7525
7526@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7527The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7528
7529@itemize @bullet
7530@item
75310 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7532@item
75331 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7534@item
75352 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7536@item
75373 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7538@end itemize
7539@end table
7540
643f7afb
AK
7541@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7542
7543@table @r
7544@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7545The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7546
7547@itemize @bullet
7548@item
75490 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7550@item
75511 for files using software vector ABI.
7552@item
75532 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7554@end itemize
7555@end table
7556
3a99f02f
DJ
7557@node Defining New Object Attributes
7558@section Defining New Object Attributes
7559
7560If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7561will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7562mailing list.
7563
7564@itemize @bullet
7565@item
7566This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7567@item
7568The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7569@item
7570The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7571and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7572@item
7573Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7574@item
7575@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7576@item
7577GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7578@end itemize
7579
7580@end ifset
7581
252b5132
RH
7582@ifset GENERIC
7583@node Machine Dependencies
7584@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7585
7586@cindex machine dependencies
7587The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7588each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7589vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7590directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7591assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7592@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7593optimization.
7594
7595This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7596include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7597subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7598
7599@menu
a06ea964
NC
7600@ifset AARCH64
7601* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7602@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7603@ifset ALPHA
7604* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7605@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7606@ifset ARC
7607* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7608@end ifset
7609@ifset ARM
7610* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7611@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7612@ifset AVR
7613* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7614@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7615@ifset Blackfin
7616* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7617@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7618@ifset CR16
7619* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7620@end ifset
8bf549a8 7621@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7622* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7623@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
7624@ifset CSKY
7625* C-SKY-Dependent:: C-SKY Dependent Features
7626@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7627@ifset D10V
7628* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7629@end ifset
7630@ifset D30V
7631* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7632@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7633@ifset EPIPHANY
7634* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7635@end ifset
252b5132 7636@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7637* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7638@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7639@ifset HPPA
7640* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7641@end ifset
7642@ifset I80386
55b62671 7643* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7644@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7645@ifset IA64
7646* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7647@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7648@ifset IP2K
7649* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7650@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7651@ifset LM32
7652* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7653@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7654@ifset M32C
7655* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7656@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7657@ifset M32R
7658* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7659@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7660@ifset M680X0
7661* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7662@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7663@ifset M68HC11
7664* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7665@end ifset
7b4ae824 7666@ifset S12Z
905f5b3f 7667* S12Z-Dependent:: S12Z Dependent Features
7b4ae824 7668@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7669@ifset METAG
7670* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7671@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7672@ifset MICROBLAZE
7673* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7674@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7675@ifset MIPS
7676* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7677@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7678@ifset MMIX
7679* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7680@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7681@ifset MSP430
7682* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7683@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7684@ifset NDS32
7685* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7686@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7687@ifset NIOSII
7688* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7689@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7690@ifset NS32K
7691* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7692@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
7693@ifset OPENRISC
7694* OpenRISC-Dependent:: OpenRISC 1000 Features
7695@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7696@ifset PDP11
7697* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7698@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7699@ifset PJ
7700* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7701@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7702@ifset PPC
7703* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7704@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7705@ifset PRU
7706* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7707@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7708@ifset RISCV
7709* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7710@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
7711@ifset RL78
7712* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7713@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7714@ifset RX
7715* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7716@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7717@ifset S390
7718* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7719@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7720@ifset SCORE
7721* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7722@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7723@ifset SH
7724* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
d3b47e2b 7725@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7726@ifset SPARC
7727* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7728@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7729@ifset TIC54X
7730* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7731@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7732@ifset TIC6X
7733* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7734@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7735@ifset TILEGX
7736* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7737@end ifset
7738@ifset TILEPRO
7739* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7740@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7741@ifset V850
7742* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7743@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7744@ifset VAX
7745* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7746@end ifset
7747@ifset VISIUM
7748* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7749@end ifset
f96bd6c2
PC
7750@ifset WASM32
7751* WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features
7752@end ifset
f6c1a2d5 7753@ifset XGATE
f96bd6c2 7754* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features
f6c1a2d5 7755@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7756@ifset XSTORMY16
7757* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7758@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7759@ifset XTENSA
7760* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7761@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7762@ifset Z80
7763* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7764@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7765@ifset Z8000
7766* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7767@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7768@end menu
7769
7770@lowersections
7771@end ifset
7772
7773@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7774@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7775@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7776@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7777@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7778@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7779@c in both conditional blocks.
7780
a06ea964
NC
7781@ifset AARCH64
7782@include c-aarch64.texi
7783@end ifset
7784
625e1353
RH
7785@ifset ALPHA
7786@include c-alpha.texi
7787@end ifset
7788
7789@ifset ARC
7790@include c-arc.texi
7791@end ifset
7792
252b5132
RH
7793@ifset ARM
7794@include c-arm.texi
7795@end ifset
7796
8473f7a4
DC
7797@ifset AVR
7798@include c-avr.texi
7799@end ifset
7800
3b4e1885 7801@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7802@include c-bfin.texi
7803@end ifset
7804
3d3d428f
NC
7805@ifset CR16
7806@include c-cr16.texi
7807@end ifset
7808
328eb32e
HPN
7809@ifset CRIS
7810@include c-cris.texi
7811@end ifset
7812
b8891f8d
AJ
7813@ifset CSKY
7814@include c-csky.texi
7815@end ifset
7816
c2dcd04e 7817@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7818@ifclear GENERIC
7819@node Machine Dependencies
7820@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7821
c2dcd04e 7822The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7823and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7824chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7825family.
7826
7827@menu
c2dcd04e 7828* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7829* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7830@end menu
7831@lowersections
7832@end ifclear
7833@end ifset
7834
7835@ifset D10V
7836@include c-d10v.texi
7837@end ifset
7838
7839@ifset D30V
7840@include c-d30v.texi
7841@end ifset
7842
cfb8c092
NC
7843@ifset EPIPHANY
7844@include c-epiphany.texi
7845@end ifset
7846
252b5132
RH
7847@ifset H8/300
7848@include c-h8300.texi
7849@end ifset
7850
252b5132
RH
7851@ifset HPPA
7852@include c-hppa.texi
7853@end ifset
7854
7855@ifset I80386
7856@include c-i386.texi
7857@end ifset
7858
9e32ca89
NC
7859@ifset IA64
7860@include c-ia64.texi
7861@end ifset
7862
a40cbfa3
NC
7863@ifset IP2K
7864@include c-ip2k.texi
7865@end ifset
7866
84e94c90
NC
7867@ifset LM32
7868@include c-lm32.texi
7869@end ifset
7870
49f58d10
JB
7871@ifset M32C
7872@include c-m32c.texi
7873@end ifset
7874
ec694b89
NC
7875@ifset M32R
7876@include c-m32r.texi
7877@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7878
7879@ifset M680X0
7880@include c-m68k.texi
7881@end ifset
7882
60bcf0fa
NC
7883@ifset M68HC11
7884@include c-m68hc11.texi
7885@end ifset
7886
7b4ae824
JD
7887@ifset S12Z
7888@include c-s12z.texi
7889@end ifset
7890
a3c62988
NC
7891@ifset METAG
7892@include c-metag.texi
7893@end ifset
7894
01642c12 7895@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7896@include c-microblaze.texi
7897@end ifset
7898
252b5132
RH
7899@ifset MIPS
7900@include c-mips.texi
7901@end ifset
7902
3c3bdf30
NC
7903@ifset MMIX
7904@include c-mmix.texi
7905@end ifset
7906
2469cfa2
NC
7907@ifset MSP430
7908@include c-msp430.texi
7909@end ifset
7910
35c08157
KLC
7911@ifset NDS32
7912@include c-nds32.texi
7913@end ifset
7914
36591ba1
SL
7915@ifset NIOSII
7916@include c-nios2.texi
7917@end ifset
7918
252b5132
RH
7919@ifset NS32K
7920@include c-ns32k.texi
7921@end ifset
7922
1f041c6e
SH
7923@ifset OPENRISC
7924@include c-or1k.texi
7925@end ifset
7926
e135f41b
NC
7927@ifset PDP11
7928@include c-pdp11.texi
7929@end ifset
7930
041dd5a9
ILT
7931@ifset PJ
7932@include c-pj.texi
7933@end ifset
7934
418c1742
MG
7935@ifset PPC
7936@include c-ppc.texi
7937@end ifset
7938
93f11b16
DD
7939@ifset PRU
7940@include c-pru.texi
7941@end ifset
7942
4f7eddc4
PD
7943@ifset RISCV
7944@include c-riscv.texi
7945@end ifset
7946
b57e49f7
JW
7947@ifset RL78
7948@include c-rl78.texi
7949@end ifset
7950
046d31c2
NC
7951@ifset RX
7952@include c-rx.texi
7953@end ifset
7954
11c19e16
MS
7955@ifset S390
7956@include c-s390.texi
7957@end ifset
7958
c0157db4
NC
7959@ifset SCORE
7960@include c-score.texi
7961@end ifset
7962
252b5132
RH
7963@ifset SH
7964@include c-sh.texi
7965@end ifset
7966
7967@ifset SPARC
7968@include c-sparc.texi
7969@end ifset
7970
39bec121
TW
7971@ifset TIC54X
7972@include c-tic54x.texi
7973@end ifset
7974
40b36596
JM
7975@ifset TIC6X
7976@include c-tic6x.texi
7977@end ifset
7978
aa137e4d
NC
7979@ifset TILEGX
7980@include c-tilegx.texi
7981@end ifset
7982
7983@ifset TILEPRO
7984@include c-tilepro.texi
7985@end ifset
7986
b6605ddd
EB
7987@ifset V850
7988@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7989@end ifset
7990
7991@ifset VAX
7992@include c-vax.texi
7993@end ifset
7994
b6605ddd
EB
7995@ifset VISIUM
7996@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7997@end ifset
7998
f96bd6c2
PC
7999@ifset WASM32
8000@include c-wasm32.texi
8001@end ifset
8002
f6c1a2d5
NC
8003@ifset XGATE
8004@include c-xgate.texi
8005@end ifset
8006
6753e72f
NC
8007@ifset XSTORMY16
8008@include c-xstormy16.texi
8009@end ifset
8010
e0001a05
NC
8011@ifset XTENSA
8012@include c-xtensa.texi
8013@end ifset
8014
b6605ddd
EB
8015@ifset Z80
8016@include c-z80.texi
8017@end ifset
8018
8019@ifset Z8000
8020@include c-z8k.texi
8021@end ifset
8022
252b5132
RH
8023@ifset GENERIC
8024@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
8025@raisesections
8026@end ifset
8027
8028@node Reporting Bugs
8029@chapter Reporting Bugs
8030@cindex bugs in assembler
8031@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
8032
a4fb0134 8033Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
8034
8035Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
8036not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
8037entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
8038Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8039
8040In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
8041information that enables us to fix the bug.
8042
8043@menu
8044* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
8045* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
8046@end menu
8047
8048@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 8049@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
8050@cindex bug criteria
8051
8052If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
8053
8054@itemize @bullet
8055@cindex fatal signal
8056@cindex assembler crash
8057@cindex crash of assembler
8058@item
8059If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 8060@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
8061
8062@cindex error on valid input
8063@item
a4fb0134 8064If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
8065
8066@cindex invalid input
8067@item
a4fb0134 8068If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
8069is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
8070be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
8071
8072@item
8073If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 8074of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
8075@end itemize
8076
8077@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 8078@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
8079@cindex bug reports
8080@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
8081
8082A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 8083you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
8084contact that organization first.
8085
8086You can find contact information for many support companies and
8087individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
8088distribution.
8089
ad22bfe8 8090@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 8091In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
8092to @value{BUGURL}.
8093@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8094
8095The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
8096@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
8097fact or leave it out, state it!
8098
8099Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
8100and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
8101name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8102not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8103happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8104perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8105the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8106give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8107and the most helpful.
8108
8109Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8110it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8111that the bug has not been reported previously.
8112
8113Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8114bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8115respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8116You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8117
8118To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8119
8120@itemize @bullet
8121@item
a4fb0134 8122The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8123it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8124
8125Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8126the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8127
8128@item
a4fb0134 8129Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8130
8131@item
8132The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8133version number.
8134
8135@item
a4fb0134 8136What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8137``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8138
8139@item
8140The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8141observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8142all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8143
8144If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8145and then we might not encounter the bug.
8146
8147@item
8148A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8149the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8150high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8151when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8152the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8153file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8154@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8155
8156@item
8157A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8158incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8159
a4fb0134 8160Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8161will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8162notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8163make a mistake.
8164
8165Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8166explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8167@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8168library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8169would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8170would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8171expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8172observations.
8173
8174@item
a4fb0134 8175If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8176diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8177option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8178discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8179by line number.
8180
8181The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8182sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8183@end itemize
8184
8185Here are some things that are not necessary:
8186
8187@itemize @bullet
8188@item
8189A description of the envelope of the bug.
8190
8191Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8192which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8193changes will not affect it.
8194
8195This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8196will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8197with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8198We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8199
8200Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8201of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8202output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8203less time, and so on.
8204
8205However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8206report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8207
8208@item
8209A patch for the bug.
8210
8211A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8212the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8213a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8214to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8215
a4fb0134 8216Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8217construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8218the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8219one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8220
8221And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8222patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8223help us to understand.
8224
8225@item
8226A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8227
8228Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8229things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8230@end itemize
8231
8232@node Acknowledgements
8233@chapter Acknowledgements
8234
653cfe85 8235If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8236it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8237maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8238@c (October 2012),
8239the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8240
8241Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8242more details?}
8243
8244Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8245information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8246extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8247
8248K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8249many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8250up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8251testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8252including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8253and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8254support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8255port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8256file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8257assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8258
8259Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8260in format-specific I/O modules.
8261
8262The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8263has done much work with it since.
8264
8265The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8266
8267Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8268
8269The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8270University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8271
8272Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8273(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8274(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8275support a.out format.
8276
7be1c489
AM
8277Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8278tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8279Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8280use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8281targets.
8282
8283John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8284simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8285updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8286fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8287remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8288cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8289required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8290
8291Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
829268k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8293added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8294PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8295
653cfe85 8296Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8297
8298Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8299
8300Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8301along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8302formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8303the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8304
8305Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8306Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8307Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8308Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8309and some initial 64-bit support).
8310
c1253627 8311Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8312
252b5132
RH
8313Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8314support for openVMS/Alpha.
8315
39bec121
TW
8316Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8317flavors.
8318
e0001a05 8319David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8320Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8321
252b5132
RH
8322Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8323configuration enhancements.
8324
84e94c90
NC
8325Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8326
252b5132
RH
8327Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8328you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8329want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8330intentionally leaving anyone out.
8331
793c5807
NC
8332@node GNU Free Documentation License
8333@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8334@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8335
370b66a1
CD
8336@node AS Index
8337@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8338
8339@printindex cp
8340
252b5132
RH
8341@bye
8342@c Local Variables:
8343@c fill-column: 79
8344@c End:
This page took 1.476205 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.